Docoh
Loading...

STAF Staffing 360 Solutions

Filed: 16 Apr 21, 5:25pm

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

[X]ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021

 

or

 

[  ]TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 001-37575

 

 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware 68-0680859

(State

of incorporation)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification)

 

641 Lexington Avenue

Suite 2701

New York, New York 10022

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(646) 507-5710

(Registrant’s telephone number)

 

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: Common Stock, par value $0.00001.

 

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [  ] No [X]

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes [  ] No [X]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of the chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files.) Yes [X] No [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:

 

Large accelerated filer[  ]Accelerated filer[  ]Non-accelerated filer[X]Smaller reporting company[X]
      Emerging growth company[  ]

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal controls over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. Yes [  ] No [X]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the act): Yes [  ] No [X]

 

As of June 27, 2020, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $7,040. based on the closing price (last sale of the day) for the registrant’s common stock on the Nasdaq exchange on June 27, 2020 of $1.06 per share.

 

Title of each class 

Trading Symbol(s)

 Name of each exchange on which registered
Common stock STAF NASDAQ

 

As of April 15, 2021, 39,166,528 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value, were outstanding.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   PAGE
 PART I 
ITEM 1.Business 3
ITEM 1A.Risk Factors 5
ITEM 1B.Unresolved Staff Comments 18
ITEM 2.Properties 18
ITEM 3.Legal Proceedings 18
ITEM 4.Mine Safety Disclosures 19
    
 PART II 
ITEM 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 20
ITEM 6.Selected Financial Data 20
ITEM 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 21
ITEM 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 29
ITEM 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 30
ITEM 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 31
ITEM 9A.Controls and Procedures 31
ITEM 9B.Other Information 32
    
 PART III 
ITEM 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 33
ITEM 11.Executive Compensation 39
ITEM 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 43
ITEM 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 49
ITEM 14.Principal Accounting Fees and Services 51
    
 PART IV 
ITEM 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 52
ITEM 16.Form 10-K Summary 56
   
SIGNATURES 57

 

 

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report, including Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements that address expectations or projections about the future, including, but not limited to, statements about our plans, strategies, adequacy of resources and future financial results (such as revenue, gross profit, operating profit, cash flow), are forward-looking statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “could,” “should,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “goal,” “target,” “possible,” “potential” and similar references to future periods. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: weakness in general economic conditions and levels of capital spending by customers in the industries we serve; weakness or volatility in the financial and capital markets, which may result in the postponement or cancellation of our customers’ capital projects or the inability of our customers to pay our fees; the termination of a major customer contract or project; delays or reductions in U.S. government spending; credit risks associated with our customers; competitive market pressures; the availability and cost of qualified labor; our level of success in attracting, training and retaining qualified management personnel and other staff employees; changes in tax laws and other government regulations, including the impact of health care reform laws and regulations; the possibility of incurring liability for our business activities, including, but not limited to, the activities of our temporary employees; our performance on customer contracts; negative outcome of pending and future claims and litigation; government policies, legislation or judicial decisions adverse to our businesses; potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods; our ability to access the capital markets by pursuing additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan and expenses on terms acceptable to us or at all; and our ability to comply with our contractual covenants, including in respect of our debt. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. We recommend readers to carefully review the entirety of this Annual Report, including the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other reports and documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), particularly our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K.

 

As used in this Annual Report, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360” and the “Company” mean Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and its subsidiaries, unless otherwise indicated. All dollar amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in thousands except for share and per share values, unless otherwise indicated.

 

The disclosures set forth in this report should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes thereto for the period ended January 2, 2021.

 

2
 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

General

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF”, on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company changed its domicile to the State of Delaware. As a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector, our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration and light industrial disciplines.

 

All amounts in this Annual Report are expressed in thousands, except share and per share amounts, or unless otherwise indicated.

 

Business Model and Acquisitions

 

We are a high-growth international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of United States (“U.S.”) and United Kingdom (“U.K.”) based staffing companies. Our services principally consist of providing temporary contractors, and, to a much lesser extent, the recruitment of candidates for permanent placement. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily accounting and finance, IT, engineering, administration (collectively, the “Professional Business Stream”) and commercial (“Commercial Business Stream”) disciplines. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, the Company is regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets. To date, we have completed ten acquisitions since November 2013.

 

Operating History

 

The Company generated revenue of $204,527 and $278,478 for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively. This decrease was primarily caused by the Covid-19 pandemic.

 

Industry Background

 

The staffing industry is divided into three major segments: temporary staffing services, professional employer organizations (“PEOs”) and placement agencies. Temporary staffing services provide workers for limited periods, often to substitute for absent permanent workers or to help during periods of peak demand. These workers, who are often employees of the temporary staffing agency, will generally fill clerical, technical, or industrial positions. PEOs, sometimes referred to as employee leasing agencies, contract to provide workers to customers for specific functions, often related to human resource management. In many cases, a customer’s employees are hired by a PEO and then contracted back to the customer. Placement agencies, sometimes referred to as executive recruiters or headhunters, find workers to fill permanent positions at customer companies. These agencies may specialize in placing senior managers, mid-level managers, technical workers, or clerical and other support workers.

 

The Company considers itself a temporary staffing company within the broader staffing industry. However, the Company provides permanent placements at the request of existing clients and some consulting services clients.

 

Staffing companies identify potential candidates through online advertising and referrals, and interview, test and counsel workers before sending them to the customer for approval. Pre-employment screening can include skills assessment, drug tests and criminal background checks. The personnel staffing industry has been radically changed by the internet. Many employers list available positions with one or several internet personnel sites like www.monster.com or www.careerbuilder.com, and on their own sites. Personnel agencies operate their own sites and often still work as intermediaries by helping employers accurately describe job openings and by screening candidates who submit applications.

 

Major end-use customers include businesses from a wide range of industries such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. Marketing involves direct sales presentations, referrals from existing clients and advertising. Agencies compete both for customers and workers. Depending on market supply and demand at any given time, agencies may allocate more resources either to finding potential employers or potential workers. Permanent placement agencies work either on a retained or on a contingency basis. Clients may retain an agency for a specific job search or on contract for a specific period. Temporary staffing services charge customers a fixed price per hour or a standard markup on prevailing hourly rates.

 

For many staffing companies, demand is lower late in the fourth calendar quarter and early in the first calendar quarter, partly because of holidays, and higher during the rest of the year. Staffing companies may have high receivables from customers. Temporary staffing agencies and PEOs must manage a high cash flow because they funnel payroll payments from employers. Cash flow imbalances also occur because agencies must pay workers even though they haven’t been paid by clients.

 

3
 

 

The revenue of staffing companies depends on the number of jobs they fill, which in turn can depend upon the economic environment. During economic slowdowns, many client companies stop hiring altogether. Internet employment sites expand a company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Staffing companies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of personnel agencies obsolete. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing agency.

 

To avoid large placement agency fees, big companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a financial incentive to avoid agencies.

 

Many staffing companies are small and may depend heavily on a few big customers for a large portion of revenue. Large customers may lead to increased revenue, but also expose agencies to higher risks. When major accounts experience financial hardships, and have less need for temporary employment services, agencies stand to lose large portions of revenue.

 

The loss of a staff member who handles a large volume of business may result in a large loss of revenue for a staffing company. Individual staff members, rather than the staffing company itself, often develop strong relationships with customers. Staff members who move to another staffing company are often able to move customers with them.

 

Some of the best opportunities for temporary employment are in industries traditionally active in seasonal cycles, such as manufacturing, construction, wholesale and retail. However, seasonal demand for workers creates cash flow fluctuations throughout the year.

 

Staffing companies are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor and the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. Many federal anti-discrimination rules regulate the type of information that employment firms can request from candidates or provide to customers about candidates. In addition, the relationship between the agency and the temporary employees, or employee candidates may not always be clear, resulting in legal and regulatory uncertainty. PEOs are often considered co-employers along with the client, but the PEO is responsible for employee wages, taxes and benefits. State regulation aims to ensure that PEOs provide the benefits they promise to workers.

 

Trends in the Staffing Business

 

Start-up costs for a staffing company are very low. Individual offices can be profitable, but consolidation is driven mainly by the opportunity for large agencies to develop national relationships with big customers. Some agencies expand by starting new offices in promising markets, but most prefer to buy existing independent offices with proven staff and an existing customer roster.

 

At some companies, temporary workers have become such a large part of the workforce that staffing company employees sometimes work at the customer’s site to recruit, train, and manage temporary employees. The Company has a number of onsite relationships with its customers. Staffing companies try to match the best qualified employees for the customer’s needs, but often provide additional training specific to that company, such as instruction in the use of proprietary software.

 

Some personnel consulting firms and human resource departments are increasingly using psychological tests to evaluate potential job candidates. Psychological or liability testing has gained popularity, in part, due to recent fraud scandals. In addition to stiffer background checks, headhunters often check the credit history of prospective employees.

 

We believe the trends of outsourcing entire departments and dependence on temporary and leased workers will expand opportunities for staffing companies. Taking advantage of their expertise in assessing worker capabilities, some staffing companies manage their clients’ entire human resource functions. Human resources outsourcing (“HRO”) may include management of payroll, tax filings, and benefit administration services. HRO may also include recruitment process outsourcing (“RPO”), whereby an agency manages all recruitment activities for a client.

 

New online technology is improving staffing efficiency. For example, some online applications coordinate workflow for staffing agencies, their clients and temporary workers, and allow agencies and customers to share work order requests, submit and track candidates, approve timesheets and expenses, and run reports. Interaction between candidates and potential employers is increasingly being handled online.

 

4
 

 

Initially viewed as rivals, some Internet job-search companies and traditional employment agencies are now collaborating. While some Internet sites do not allow agencies to use their services to post jobs or look through resumes, others find that agencies are their biggest customers, earning the sites a large percentage of their revenue. Some staffing companies contract to help client employers find workers online.

 

Competition

 

The Company’s staffing divisions face competition in attracting clients as well as temporary candidates. The staffing industry is highly competitive, with a number of firms offering services similar to those provided by the Company on a national, regional or local basis. In many areas, the local staffing companies are our strongest competitors. The most significant competitive factors in the staffing business are price and reliability of service. The Company believes its competitive advantage stems from its experience in niche markets, and commitment to the specialized employment market, along with its growing global presence.

 

The staffing industry is characterized by a large number of competing companies in a fragmented sector. Major competitors also exist across the sector, but as the industry affords low barriers to entry, new entrants are constantly introduced to the marketplace.

 

The top layer of competitors includes large corporate staffing and employment companies which have yearly revenue of $75 million or more. The next (middle) layer of the competition consists of medium-sized entities with yearly revenue of $10 million or more. The largest portion of the marketplace is the bottom layer of this competitive landscape consisting of small, individual-sized or family-run operations. As barriers to entry are low, sole proprietors, partnerships and small entities routinely enter the industry.

 

Employees

 

The Company employs approximately 200 full-time employees as part of our internal operations. Additionally, the Company employs more than 3,500 individuals that are placed directly with our clients through our various operating subsidiaries.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

 

There are numerous and varied risks that may prevent us from achieving our goals, including those described below. You should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information included in this Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Our business, financial condition, and results of operations, could be harmed by any of the following risks. If any of the events or circumstances described below were to occur, our business, the financial condition and the results of operations could be materially adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and investors could lose part or all of their investment. The risks below are not the only risks we face. Additional risks not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

 

The recent COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business and may continue to adversely affect our business until the pandemic is resolved.

 

In December 2019, a strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, and has spread globally, resulting in government-imposed quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures in affected countries. The COVID-19 pandemic is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. Much of the independent contractor work we provide to our clients is performed at the site of our clients. As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches of our clients have made to address the COVID-19 pandemic, such as whether they support remote working or if they have simply closed their facilities and furloughed employees. To the extent that our clients were to decide or are required to close their facilities, or not permit remote work when they close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. In addition, in the event that our clients’ businesses suffer or close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience decline in our revenue or write-off of receivables from such clients. Moreover, developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted our ability to deploy our staffing workforce effectively, thereby impacting contracts with customers in our commercial staffing and professional staffing business streams, where we had declines in revenues during Q2 2020, Q3 2020 and Q4 2020 compared with the respective periods in 2019. While some government-imposed precautionary measures have been relaxed in certain countries or states, more strict measures have been or may be put in place again due to a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, as has occurred recently in the United Kingdom in response to the spread of a new strain of COVID-19. As a result of the newly imposed government restrictions in the United Kingdom, we had to close both of our offices in the United Kingdom and our employees have been forced to operate remotely from their homes. Employees are returning to our offices in the United Kingdom on a voluntary basis on March 29, 2021. Therefore, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect our operation and to disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may negatively impact our sales in fiscal year 2021 and our overall liquidity.

 

5
 

 

While the ultimate economic impact brought by, and the duration of, the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others, the pandemic has resulted in significant disruptions in general commercial activity and the global economy and caused financial market volatility and uncertainty in significant and unforeseen ways in the recent months. A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital and on the market price of our common stock, and we may not be able to successfully raise needed capital. If we are unsuccessful in raising capital in the future, we may need to reduce activities, curtail or cease operations.

 

In addition, the continuation or worsening of the COVID-19 pandemic or an outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Risks Relating to Our Organization

 

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and may continue to incur losses and thus may never achieve or maintain profitability.

 

We have incurred substantial losses since our inception, anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may not achieve or sustain profitability. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the staffing industry, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Expected future operating losses will have an adverse effect on our cash resources, stockholders’ equity and working capital. These factors individually and collectively raise a substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Our failure to become and remain profitable could depress the value of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our development efforts, diversify our portfolio of staffing companies, or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our common stock could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment. For more detailed discussion of the risks related to the COVID-19 pandemic, please see “The recent COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected our business and may continue to adversely affect our business until the pandemic is resolved” above.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm has included an explanatory paragraph in its report as of and for the year ended January 2, 2021 expressing substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern based on our recurring and continuing losses from operations and our need for additional funding to continue operations and our susceptibility to economic downturns. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this going concern uncertainty and have been prepared under the assumption that we will continue to operate as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may be forced to liquidate our assets which would have an adverse impact on our business and developmental activities. In such a scenario, the values we receive for our assets in liquidation or dissolution could be significantly lower than the values reflected in our financial statements. The reaction of investors to the inclusion of a going concern statement by our independent registered public accounting firm and our potential inability to continue as a going concern may materially adversely affect our stock price and our ability to raise new capital or to enter into strategic alliances.

 

Our debt level could negatively impact our financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.

 

As of January 2, 2021, our total gross debt was approximately $55 million. Our level of debt could have significant consequences to our stockholders, including the following:

 

 requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of cash flow from operations to make payments on debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow for working capital, capital expenditures and other general business activities;
 requiring a substantial portion of our corporate cash reserves to be held as a reserve for debt service, limiting our ability to invest in new growth opportunities;
 limiting the ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate and other activities;
 limiting the flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in the business and industry in which we operate;
 increasing our vulnerability to both general and industry-specific adverse economic conditions including the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic;
 putting us at a competitive disadvantage versus less leveraged competitors; and
 increasing vulnerability to changes in the prevailing interest rates.

 

6
 

 

Our ability to make payments of principal and interest, or to refinance our indebtedness, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors. We had negative cash flows from operations for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021, and we may not generate cash flow in the future sufficient to service our debt because of factors beyond our control, including but not limited to our ability to expand our operations. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. A default on our debt obligations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and may cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

 

Further, the outstanding Second Amended and Restated 12% Senior Secured Note due September 30, 2022 (the “2020 Jackson Note”) contains certain customary financial covenants, and we have had instances of non-compliance. Management has historically been able to obtain from the Jackson Investment Group LLC (“Jackson”), waivers of any non-compliance and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary waivers in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain such waivers, and should Jackson refuse to provide a waiver in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately. Our financing with MidCap Funding X Trust (“MidCap”) includes customary financial covenants and we have had instances of non-compliance. We have been able to obtain forbearance of any non-compliance from MidCap, and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary forbearance in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such forbearance, and should MidCap refuse to provide a forbearance in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately, which exceeds our current cash balance.

 

Our debt instruments and the Series E Certificate of Designation contain covenants that could limit our financing options and liquidity position, which would limit our ability to grow our business.

 

Covenants in our debt instruments and the certificate of designation (the “Series E Certificate of Designation”) for our Series E Preferred Stock (as defined below) impose operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions prohibit or limit our ability to, among other things:

 

 pay cash dividends to our stockholders, subject to certain limited exceptions;
 redeem or repurchase our common stock or other equity;
 incur additional indebtedness;
 permit liens on assets;
 make certain investments (including through the acquisition of stock, shares, partnership or limited liability company interests, any loan, advance or capital contribution);
 sell, lease, license, lend or otherwise convey an interest in a material portion of our assets;
 cease making public filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”); and
 sell or otherwise issue shares of our common stock or other capital stock subject to certain limited exceptions.

 

Our failure to comply with the restrictions in our debt instruments and/or our Series E Certificate of Designation could result in events of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay these borrowings before their due date or require us to redeem outstanding shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”.) The holders of our debt and Series E Preferred Stock may require fees and expenses to be paid or other changes to terms in connection with waivers or amendments. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected by increased costs and rates.

 

In addition, these restrictions may limit our ability to obtain additional financing, withstand downturns in our business or take advantage of business opportunities. In further addition, certain provisions of the Series E Certificate of Designation require us to use proceeds from any sales of our common stock to redeem shares of the Series E Preferred Stock, which could limit our ability to grow our business, acquire needed assets, or take other actions we might otherwise consider appropriate or desirable.

 

The 2020 Jackson Note is secured by substantially all of our assets that are not secured by our revolving loan facility with Midcap, and the terms of the 2020 Jackson Note may restrict our current and future operations. Additionally, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over us as our senior secured lender and the beneficial owner of a substantial percentage of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

The 2020 Jackson Note contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that we believe may be in our long-term best interests. The 2020 Jackson Note includes covenants limiting or restricting, among other things, our ability to:

 

 incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;
 pay distributions on, redeem or repurchase shares of our capital stock or redeem or repurchase any of our subordinated debt;
 make certain investments;

 

7
 

 

 sell assets;
 enter into agreements that restrict distributions or other payments from our restricted subsidiaries;
 incur or allow the existence of liens;
 consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; and
 engage in transactions with affiliates.

 

In addition, the 2020 Jackson Note contains financial covenants including, among other things, a fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum liquidity requirements and total leverage ratio. A breach of any of these financial covenants could result in a default under the 2020 Jackson Note. If any such default occurs, Jackson may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, following an event of default under the 2020 Jackson Note, Jackson will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to it to secure the debt, which includes our available cash. If the debt under the 2020 Jackson Note was to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay in full our debt.

 

In addition to being our senior secured lender, as of the date of this filing, Jackson owns in excess of 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock, not including shares issuable upon the exercise of certain warrants and the conversion of Series E Preferred Stock. Jackson beneficially owns 22.2% of our common stock including shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock as of the date of this filing, without giving effect to the waiver we received from Jackson on February 5, 2021. Accordingly, Jackson may be able to exert significant influence over us.

 

We may not be entitled to forgiveness of our recently received Paycheck Protection Program Loan, and our application for the Paycheck Protection Program Loan could in the future be determined to have been impermissible or could result in damage to our reputation.

 

On May 12, 2020, Monroe Staffing, our indirect subsidiary, received loan proceeds of $10,000 pursuant to the Payment Protection Program (“PPP”) under the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act” administered by the Small Business Association (the “SBA”.) In addition, on May 20, 2020, Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”), Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (“LH”) and Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC (“SG”), each of which is our wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary, received loan proceeds in the aggregate amount of $9,395 pursuant to the PPP (the “PPP Loans”.) We and our subsidiaries used the PPP Loans in accordance with the requirements of the PPP to cover certain qualified expenses, including payroll costs, rent and utility costs. The PPP Loans are evidenced by promissory notes, dated as of May 12, 2020 and May 20, 2020, as applicable, issued by Newton Federal Bank, which contain customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to breaches of obligations under the PPP Loans, including a failure to make payments, any bankruptcy or similar proceedings, and certain material effects on our ability to repay the PPP Loans. The PPP Loans mature two years following the dates of issuance, bear interest at a rate of 1.00% per annum, and are subject to the standard terms and conditions applicable to loans administered by the SBA under the CARES Act.

 

Beginning on the eleventh month following the issuance dates, we are required to make 14 monthly payments of principal and interest. The PPP Loans may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. Under the CARES Act, as amended in June 2020, loan forgiveness is generally available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered rent payments, covered mortgage interest and covered utilities during the 24-week period beginning on the dates of the first disbursement of the PPP Loans. The amount of the PPP Loans eligible to be forgiven may be reduced in certain circumstances, including as a result of certain headcount or salary reductions. In September, we applied for forgiveness of the PPP Loans in the aggregate amount equal to $19,395. As of the date of this filing, the PPP Loans have not been approved for forgiveness. The Monroe Staffing PPP loan forgiveness status was changed from pending to under review. Under review status is the last stage before forgiveness or rejection. All other PPP loans within the Company remain in pending status. We will be required to repay any portion of the outstanding principal that is not forgiven, along with accrued interest, and we cannot provide any assurance that we will be eligible for loan forgiveness or that any amount of the PPP Loans will ultimately be forgiven by the SBA.

 

In order to apply for the PPP Loans, we were required to certify, among other things, that the current economic uncertainty made the PPP Loans request necessary to support our ongoing operations. We made this certification in good faith after analyzing, among other things, the maintenance of our workforce, our need for additional funding to continue operations, and our ability to access alternative forms of capital in the current market environment to offset the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic. While we believe that we have satisfied all eligibility criteria for the PPP Loans, and that our receipt of the PPP Loans is consistent with the broad objectives of the CARES Act, the certification described above did not contain any objective criteria and is subject to interpretation.

 

On April 23, 2020, the SBA issued guidance stating that it is unlikely that a public company with substantial market value and access to capital markets will be able to make the required certification in good faith. The lack of clarity regarding loan eligibility under the PPP has resulted in significant media coverage and controversy with respect to public companies applying for and receiving loans. If, despite our good-faith belief that given our circumstances we satisfied all eligible requirements for the PPP Loans, we are later determined to have violated any applicable laws or regulations that may apply to us in connection with the PPP Loans or it is otherwise determined that we were ineligible to receive the PPP Loans, we may be required to repay the PPP Loans in their entirety and/or be subject to additional penalties, which could also result in adverse publicity and damage to our reputation. Should we be audited or reviewed by federal or state regulatory authorities as a result of filing an application for forgiveness of the PPP Loans or otherwise, such audit or review could result in the diversion of management’s time and attention and legal and reputational costs. If we were to be audited or reviewed and receive an adverse determination or finding in such audit or review, we could be required to return the full amount of the PPP Loans. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

8
 

 

We will need to raise additional capital to meet our business requirements in the future, which is likely to be challenging, could be highly dilutive and may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

As of January 2, 2021, the Company had a working capital deficiency of $20,793, an accumulated deficit of $92,179 and a net loss of $15,642 in Fiscal 2020. We will need to raise additional capital to pursue growth opportunities, improve our infrastructure, finance our operations and otherwise make investments in assets and personnel that will allow us to remain competitive. Additional capital would be used to accomplish the following:

 

 financing our current operating expenses;
 pursuing growth opportunities;
 making capital improvements to improve our infrastructure;
 hiring and retaining qualified management and key employees;
 responding to competitive pressures;
 complying with regulatory requirements; and
 maintaining compliance with applicable laws.

 

To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of those securities could result in substantial dilution for our current stockholders. The terms of any securities issued by us in future capital transactions may be more favorable to new investors, and may include preferences, superior voting rights and the issuance of warrants or other derivative securities, which may have a further dilutive effect on the holders of any of our securities then-outstanding. We may issue additional shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock in connection with hiring or retaining personnel, option or warrant exercises, future acquisitions or future placements of our securities for capital-raising or other business purposes. The issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline further and existing stockholders may not agree with our financing plans or the terms of such financings.

 

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in pursuing future capital financing, including investment banking fees, legal fees, accounting fees, securities law compliance fees, printing and distribution expenses and other costs. We may also be required to recognize non-cash expenses in connection with certain securities we issue, such as convertible notes and warrants, which may adversely impact our financial condition.

 

Furthermore, any additional debt or equity financing that we may need may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If we are unable to obtain such additional financing on a timely basis, we may have to curtail our development activities and growth plans and/or be forced to sell assets, perhaps on unfavorable terms, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and ultimately could be forced to discontinue our operations and liquidate, in which event it is unlikely that stockholders would receive any distribution on their shares. Further, we may not be able to continue operating if we do not generate sufficient revenues from operations needed to stay in business.

 

We have significant working capital needs and if we are unable to satisfy those needs from cash generated from our operations or borrowings under our debt instruments, we may not be able to continue our operations.

 

We require significant amounts of working capital to operate our business. We often have high receivables from our customers, and as a staffing company, we are prone to cash flow imbalances because we have to fund payroll payments to temporary workers before receiving payments from clients for our services. Cash flow imbalances also occur because we must pay temporary workers even when we have not been paid by our customers. If we experience a significant and sustained drop in operating profits, or if there are unanticipated reductions in cash inflows or increases in cash outlays, we may be subject to cash shortfalls. If such a shortfall were to occur for even a brief period of time, it may have a significant adverse effect on our business. In particular, we use working capital to pay expenses relating to our temporary workers and to satisfy our workers’ compensation liabilities. As a result, we must maintain sufficient cash availability to pay temporary workers and fund related tax liabilities prior to receiving payment from customers.

 

9
 

 

In addition, our operating results tend to be unpredictable from quarter to quarter. Demand for our services is typically lower during traditional national vacation periods in the United States and United Kingdom when customers and candidates are on vacation. No single quarter is predictive of results of future periods. Any extended period of time with low operating results or cash flow imbalances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We derive working capital for our operations through cash generated by our operating activities and borrowings under our debt instruments. If our working capital needs increase in the future, we may be forced to seek additional sources of capital, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. The amount we are entitled to borrow under our debt instruments is calculated monthly based on the aggregate value of certain eligible trade accounts receivable generated from our operations, which are affected by financial, business, economic and other factors, as well as by the daily timing of cash collections and cash outflows. The aggregate value of our eligible accounts receivable may not be adequate to allow for borrowings for other corporate purposes, such as capital expenditures or growth opportunities, which could reduce our ability to react to changes in the market or industry conditions.

 

We face risks associated with litigation and claims.

 

We are a party to certain legal proceedings as further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Legal Proceedings.” In addition, from time to time, we may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. Due to the uncertainties of litigation, we can give no assurance that we will prevail on any claims made against us in any such lawsuit. Also, we can give no assurance that any other lawsuits or claims brought in the future will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity or operating results. Adverse outcomes in some or all of these claims may result in significant monetary damages that could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business.

 

The uncertainty surrounding the implementation of Brexit may impact our UK operations.

 

The U.K. left the European Union on January 31, 2020. Pursuant to the formal withdrawal arrangements agreed between the United Kingdom and the European Union, the United Kingdom withdrew from the European Union, effective December 31, 2020. On December 24, 2020, the United Kingdom and the European Union entered into a Trade and Cooperation Agreement. There may continue to be economic uncertainty surrounding the consequences of Brexit that could adversely impact customer confidence, resulting in customers reducing their spending budgets on our services. These and other adverse consequences such as reduced consumer spending, deterioration in economic conditions, loss of key international employees, volatility in exchange rates, and prohibitive laws and regulations could have a negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our revenue may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

 

A significant portion of our expenditures are expected to be derived or spent in British pounds. However, we report our financial condition and results of operations in U.S. dollars. As a result, fluctuations between the U.S. dollar and the British pound will impact the amount of our revenues and net income. For example, if the British pound appreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, the fluctuation will result in a positive impact on the revenues that we report. However, if the British pound depreciates relative to the U.S. dollar, which was the case during 2016 and in 2020, there will be a negative impact on the revenues we report due to such fluctuation. It is possible that the impact of currency fluctuations will result in a decrease in reported consolidated sales even though we may have experienced an increase in sales transacted in the British pound. Conversely, the impact of currency fluctuations may result in an increase in reported consolidated sales despite declining sales transacted in the British pound. The exchange rate from the U.S. dollar to the British pound has fluctuated substantially in the past and may continue to do so in the future. Though we may choose to hedge our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes in the future, there is no guarantee such hedging, if undertaken, will be successful.

 

Our revenue can vary because our customers can terminate their relationship with us at any time with limited or no penalty.

 

We focus on providing mid-level professional and light industrial personnel on a temporary assignment-by-assignment basis, which customers can generally terminate at any time or reduce their level of use when compared with prior periods. To avoid large placement agency fees, large companies may use in-house personnel staff, current employee referrals, or human resources consulting companies to find and hire new personnel. Because placement agencies typically charge a fee based on a percentage of the first year’s salary of a new worker, companies with many jobs to fill have a large financial incentive to avoid agencies.

 

Our business is also significantly affected by our customers’ hiring needs and their views of their future prospects. Our customers may, on very short notice, terminate, reduce or postpone their recruiting assignments with us and, therefore, affect demand for our services. As a result, a significant number of our customers can terminate their agreements with us at any time, making us particularly vulnerable to a significant decrease in revenue within a short period of time that could be difficult to quickly replace. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

10
 

 

Most of our contracts do not obligate our customers to utilize a significant amount of our staffing services and may be cancelled on limited notice, so our revenue is not guaranteed.

 

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from multi-year contracts that are terminable for convenience. Under our multi-year agreements, we contract to provide customers with staffing services through work or service orders at the customers’ request. Under these agreements, our customers often have little or no obligation to request our staffing services. In addition, most of our contracts are cancellable on limited notice, even if we are not in default under the contract. We may hire employees permanently to meet anticipated demand for services under these agreements that may ultimately be delayed or cancelled. We could face a significant decline in revenues and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected if:

 

 we see a significant decline in the staffing services requested from us under our service agreements; or
 our customers cancel or defer a significant number of staffing requests; or our existing customer agreements expire or lapse and we cannot replace them with similar agreements

 

We operate in an intensely competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and there is a substantial risk that our services could become obsolete or uncompetitive.

 

The markets for our services are highly competitive. Our markets are characterized by pressures to provide high levels of service, incorporate new capabilities and technologies, accelerate job completion schedules and reduce prices. Furthermore, we face competition from a number of sources, including other executive search firms and professional search, staffing and consulting firms. Several of our competitors have greater financial and marketing resources than we do. New and existing competitors are aided by technology, and the market has low barriers to entry. Furthermore, Internet employment sites expand a company’s ability to find workers without the help of traditional agencies. Personnel agencies often work as intermediaries, helping employers accurately describe job openings and screen candidates. Increasing the use of sophisticated, automated job description and candidate screening tools could make many traditional functions of staffing companies obsolete. Specifically, the increased use of the internet may attract technology-oriented companies to the professional staffing industry. Free social networking sites such as LinkedIn and Facebook are also becoming a common way for recruiters and employees to connect without the assistance of a staffing company.

 

Our future success will depend largely upon our ability to anticipate and keep pace with those developments and advances. Current or future competitors could develop alternative capabilities and technologies that are more effective, easier to use or more economical than our services. In addition, we believe that, with continuing development and increased availability of information technology, the industries in which we compete may attract new competitors. If our capabilities and technologies become obsolete or uncompetitive, our related sales and revenue would decrease. Due to competition, we may experience reduced margins on our services, loss of market share, and loss of customers. If we are not able to compete effectively with current or future competitors as a result of these and other factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

We could be adversely affected by risks associated with acquisitions and joint ventures.

 

We are engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies, and our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. To date, we have completed ten acquisitions. We intend to expand our business through acquisitions of complementary businesses, services or products, subject to our business plans and management’s ability to identify, acquire and develop suitable investments or acquisition targets in both new and existing service categories. In certain circumstances, acceptable investments or acquisition targets might not be available. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including:

 

 difficulty in integrating the operations, technologies, products and personnel of an acquired business, including consolidating redundant facilities and infrastructure;
 potential disruption of our ongoing business and the distraction of management from our day-to-day operations;
 difficulty entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience and in which competitors have a stronger market position;
 difficulty maintaining the quality of services that such acquired companies have historically provided; potential legal and financial responsibility for liabilities of acquired businesses;
 overpayment for the acquired company or assets or failure to achieve anticipated benefits, such as cost savings and revenue enhancements;
 increased expenses associated with completing an acquisition and amortizing any acquired intangible assets;
 challenges in implementing uniform standards, accounting policies, customs, controls, procedures and policies throughout an acquired business;
 failure to retain, motivate and integrate key management and other employees of the acquired business; and
 loss of customers and a failure to integrate customer bases.

 

11
 

 

Our business plan for continued growth through acquisitions is subject to certain inherent risks, including accessing capital resources, potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods. Therefore, we provide no assurance that we will be successful in carrying out our business plan. We continue to pursue additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan. We have no assurance that future financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

 

In addition, if we incur indebtedness to finance an acquisition, it may reduce our capacity to borrow additional amounts and require us to dedicate a greater percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the cash resources available to us to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new business initiatives and meet general corporate and working capital needs. This increased indebtedness may also limit our flexibility in planning for, and reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry. The use of our common stock or other securities (including those convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock) to finance any such acquisition may also result in dilution of our existing shareholders.

 

The potential risks associated with future acquisitions could disrupt our ongoing business, result in the loss of key customers or personnel, increase expenses and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We could be harmed by improper disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential company, employee, associate or customer data, including personal data.

 

In connection with the operation of our business, we store, process and transmit a large amount of data, including personnel and payment information, about our employees, customers, associates and candidates, a portion of which is confidential and/or personally sensitive. In doing so, we rely on our own technology and systems, and those of third-party vendors we use for a variety of processes. We and our third-party vendors have established policies and procedures to help protect the security and privacy of this information. Unauthorized disclosure or loss of sensitive or confidential data may occur through a variety of methods. These include, but are not limited to, systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, or unauthorized access to or through our information systems, whether by our employees or third parties, including a cyberattack by computer programmers, hackers, members of organized crime and/or state-sponsored organizations, who may develop and deploy viruses, worms or other malicious software programs.

 

Such disclosure, loss or breach could harm our reputation and subject us to government sanctions and liability under our contracts and laws that protect sensitive or personal data and confidential information, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenues. It is possible that security controls over sensitive or confidential data and other practices we and our third-party vendors follow may not prevent the improper access to, disclosure of, or loss of such information. Further, data privacy is subject to frequently changing rules and regulations, which sometimes conflict among the various jurisdictions in which we provide services. Any failure or perceived failure to successfully manage the collection, use, disclosure, or security of personal information or other privacy related matters, or any failure to comply with changing regulatory requirements in this area, could result in legal liability or impairment to our reputation in the marketplace.

 

We have been and may be exposed to employment-related claims and losses, including class action lawsuits, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We employ people internally and in the workplaces of other businesses. Many of these individuals have access to customer information systems and confidential information. The risks of these activities include possible claims relating to:

 

 discrimination and harassment;
 wrongful termination or denial of employment;
 violations of employment rights related to employment screening or privacy issues;
 classification of temporary workers;
 assignment of illegal aliens;
 violations of wage and hour requirements;
 retroactive entitlement to temporary worker benefits;
 errors and omissions by our temporary workers;
 misuse of customer proprietary information;
 misappropriation of funds;
 damage to customer facilities due to negligence of temporary workers; and
 criminal activity.

 

We may incur fines and other losses or negative publicity with respect to these problems. In addition, these claims may give rise to litigation, which could be time-consuming and expensive. New employment and labor laws and regulations may be proposed or adopted that may increase the potential exposure of employers to employment-related claims and litigation. There can be no assurance that the corporate policies we have in place to help reduce our exposure to these risks will be effective or that we will not experience losses as a result of these risks. There can also be no assurance that the insurance policies we have purchased to insure against certain risks will be adequate or that insurance coverage will remain available on reasonable terms or be sufficient in amount or scope of coverage.

 

12
 

 

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as amended (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) and our amended and restated bylaws (the “Bylaws”) may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board. Because our Board is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include that:

 

 our Board has the exclusive right to expand the size of our Board and to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the Board or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our Board;
 a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of the Board, the executive chairman or the president, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
 our stockholders do not have the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
 our Board may alter our Bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;
 stockholders must provide advance notice and additional disclosures in order to nominate individuals for election to the Board or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company; and
 our Board is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquiror.

 

In addition, the terms of the 2020 Jackson Note limit our ability to consolidate, merge, or transfer all or substantially all of our assets or to effect a change in control of ownership of our company. A breach of such restrictions could result in a default under the 2020 Jackson Note, under which Jackson may elect to declare all outstanding borrowings under the 2020 Jackson Note, together with accrued interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable.

 

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

 

Furthermore, our Certificate of Incorporation specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, a state court located within the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving actions brought against us by stockholders, which may include federal claims and derivative actions, except that if no state court located within the State of Delaware has jurisdiction over such claims (including subject matter jurisdiction), the sole and exclusive forum for such claim shall be the federal district court for the District of Delaware. We believe these provisions may benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law and federal securities laws by chancellors and judges, as applicable, particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, these provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. Specifically, the choice of forum provision in requiring that the state courts of the State of Delaware be the exclusive forum for certain suits would (i) not be enforceable with respect to any suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act and (ii) have uncertain enforceability with respect to claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”.) The choice of forum provision in the Certificate of Incorporation does not have the effect of causing our stockholders to have waived our obligation to comply with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

13
 

 

Risks Relating to our Common Stock

 

Our common stock may be delisted from Nasdaq.

 

On June 3, 2020, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Department notifying us that we are no longer in compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on Nasdaq. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1) requires listed companies to maintain stockholders’ equity of at least $2,500,000. Further, as of June 9, 2020, we did not meet the alternative compliance standards relating to the market value of listed securities or net income from continuing operations.

 

In accordance with the Nasdaq Listing Rules, we were afforded the opportunity to submit a plan to regain compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity standard. Based on our submissions, the Listing Qualifications Department granted us an extension to regain compliance with Rule 5550(b)(1) until November 30, 2020.

 

On December 1, 2020, we received notice that because we had not met the terms of the extension, our common stock would be subject to delisting from Nasdaq, unless we timely requested a hearing before the Panel. We timely requested a hearing before the Panel, which automatically stayed any suspension or delisting action pending the issuance of a decision by the Panel following the hearing and the expiration of any additional extension period granted by the Panel. The hearing occurred on January 21, 2021. At the hearing, we provided the Panel with an update on our compliance plan and requested a further extension of time in which to regain compliance. On February 3, 2021, we received a letter from the Panel noting it has granted our request for an extension until February 28, 2021 to regain compliance with the minimum $2.5 million stockholders’ equity requirement, or the alternative compliance standards as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1). On March 4, 2021 the Company received a letter extending the deadline for compliance to May 31, 2021.

 

Although we are taking actions intended to restore our compliance with the listing requirements, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us will be successful. Should a delisting occur, an investor would likely find it significantly more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the value of our common stock, and our ability to raise future capital through the sale of our common stock could be severely limited. In addition, delisting could harm our ability to raise capital through alternative financing sources on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may result in the potential loss of confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities.

 

A more active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, and the price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

 

Historically, the market price of our common stock has fluctuated over a wide range. Between our stock splits occurring on September 17, 2015, and January 3, 2018, our common stock traded in a range from $2.50 to $39.50 per share. There has been relatively limited trading volume in the market for our common stock, and a more active, liquid public trading market may not develop or may not be sustained. Limited liquidity in the trading market for our common stock may adversely affect a stockholder’s ability to sell its shares of common stock at the time it wishes to sell them or at a price that it considers acceptable. If a more active, liquid public trading market does not develop we may be limited in our ability to raise capital by selling shares of common stock and our ability to acquire other companies or assets by using shares of our common stock as consideration. In addition, if there is a thin trading market or “float” for our stock, the market price for our common stock may fluctuate significantly more than the stock market as a whole. Without a large float, our common stock would be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership and, as a result, the trading prices of our common stock may be more volatile and it would be harder for a stockholder to liquidate any investment in our common stock. Furthermore, the stock market is subject to significant price and volume fluctuations, and the price of our common stock could fluctuate widely in response to several factors, including:

 

 our quarterly or annual operating results;
 changes in our earnings estimates;
 investment recommendations by securities analysts following our business or our industry;
 additions or departures of key personnel;
 changes in the business, earnings estimates or market perceptions of our competitors;
 our failure to achieve operating results consistent with securities analysts’ projections;
 changes in industry, general market or economic conditions; and
 announcements of legislative or regulatory changes.

 

The stock market has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations in recent years that have significantly affected the quoted prices of the securities of many companies, including companies in the staffing industry. The changes often appear to occur without regard to specific operating performance. The price of our common stock could fluctuate based upon factors that have little or nothing to do with us and these fluctuations could materially reduce our stock price.

 

14
 

 

We may reduce or suspend our dividend in the future.

 

We initiated a dividend program under which we intend to pay a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.01 per share to holders of our common stock. The first $0.01 per share dividend was paid on February 28, 2019 to shareholders of record as of February 15, 2019. In the future, our Board of Directors may, without advance notice, determine to reduce or suspend our dividend in order to maintain our financial flexibility and best position our Company for long-term success. The declaration and amount of future dividends is at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, prospects, industry conditions, capital requirements and other factors and restrictions our Board of Directors deems relevant. In addition, we are limited in our ability to pay dividends by certain of our existing agreements and the certificate of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock. In particular, our debt agreements and certificate of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock only permit us to pay quarterly cash dividend of one cent per share of common stock issued and outstanding, provided, that such cash dividend does not exceed $100 in the aggregate per fiscal quarter. We may not pay such dividends if any events of default exist under our debt agreements or the certificates of designations for our Series E Preferred Stock. In addition, so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, as they are at this time, we are not able to declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend we have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. Effective January 1, 2020, Jackson does not allow for any further Series A dividend payments so, as a consequence, a Common Stock dividend will not be declared while the Jackson note is outstanding.

 

Accordingly, we cannot be certain if we will be able to continue payment of the quarterly cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, investors must mainly rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the primary way to realize any future gains on their investment. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders have purchased their shares.

 

Upon our dissolution, you may not recoup all or any portion of your investment.

 

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the proceeds and/or assets of our Company remaining after giving effect to such transaction, and the payment of all of our debts and liabilities will be distributed to the stockholders of common stock on a pro rata basis. There can be no assurance that we will have available assets to pay to the holders of common stock, or any amounts, upon such a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our Company. In this event, you could lose some or all of your investment.

 

General Risk Factors

 

Our growth of operations could strain our resources and cause our business to suffer.

 

While we plan to continue growing our business organically through expansion, sales efforts, and strategic acquisitions, while maintaining tight controls on our expenses and overhead, lean overhead functions combined with focused growth may place a strain on our management systems, infrastructure and resources, resulting in internal control failures, missed opportunities, and staff attrition which could impact our business and results of operations.

 

Our strategy of growing through acquisitions may impact our business in unexpected ways.

 

Our growth strategy involves acquisitions that help us expand our service offerings and diversify our geographic footprint. We continuously evaluate acquisition opportunities, but there are no assurances that we will be able to identify acquisition targets that complement our strategy and are available at valuation levels accretive to our business.

 

Even if we are successful in acquiring, our acquisitions may subject our business to risks that may impact our results of operation:

 

 inability to integrate acquired companies effectively and realize anticipated synergies and benefits from the acquisitions;
 diversion of management’s attention to the integration of the acquired businesses at the expense of delivering results for the legacy business;
 inability to appropriately scale critical resources to support the business of the expanded enterprise and other unforeseen challenges of operating the acquired business as part of our operations;
 inability to retain key employees of the acquired businesses and/or inability of such key employees to be effective as part of our operations;
 impact of liabilities of the acquired businesses undiscovered or underestimated as part of the acquisition due diligence;
 failure to realize anticipated growth opportunities from a combined business, because existing and potential clients may be unwilling to consolidate business with a single supplier or to stay with the acquirer post acquisition;

 

15
 

 

 impacts of cash on hand and debt incurred to finance acquisitions, thus reducing liquidity for other significant strategic objectives; and
 internal controls, disclosure controls, corruption prevention policies, human resources and other key policies and practices of the acquired companies may be inadequate or ineffective.

 

We depend on attracting, integrating, managing, and retaining qualified personnel.

 

Our success is substantially dependent upon our ability to attract, integrate, manage and retain personnel who possess the skills and experience necessary to fulfill our customers’ needs. Our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel could be impaired by any diminution of our reputation, decrease in compensation levels relative to our competitors or modifications to our total compensation philosophy or competitor hiring programs. If we cannot attract, hire and retain qualified personnel, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer. Our future success also depends upon our ability to manage the performance of our personnel. Failure to successfully manage the performance of our personnel could affect our profitability by causing operating inefficiencies that could increase operating expenses and reduce operating income.

 

We depend on our ability to attract and retain qualified temporary workers.

 

In addition to the members of our own team, our success is substantially dependent on our ability to recruit and retain qualified temporary workers who possess the skills and experience necessary to meet the staffing requirements of our customers. We are required to continually evaluate our base of available qualified personnel to keep pace with changing customer needs. Competition for individuals with proven professional skills is intense, and demand for these individuals is expected to remain strong for the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that qualified personnel will continue to be available.

 

If we are unable to retain existing customers or attract new customers, our results of operations could suffer.

 

Increasing the growth and profitability of our business is particularly dependent upon our ability to retain existing customers and capture additional customers. Our ability to do so is dependent upon our ability to provide high quality services and offer competitive prices. If we are unable to execute these tasks effectively, we may not be able to attract a significant number of new customers and our existing customer base could decrease, either or both of which could have an adverse impact on our revenues.

 

We are dependent upon technology services, and if we experience damage, service interruptions or failures in our computer and telecommunications systems, our customer relationships and our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected.

 

Our business could be interrupted by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems, and we may lose data. Our customers’ businesses may be adversely affected by any system or equipment failure we experience. As a result of any of the foregoing, our relationships with our customers may be impaired, we may lose customers, our ability to attract new customers may be adversely affected and we could be exposed to contractual liability. Precautions in place to protect us from, or minimize the effect of, such events may not be adequate. If an interruption by damage to or disruption of our computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems occurs, we could be liable and the market perception of our services could be harmed.

 

Our management has identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to the lack of a sufficient complement of competent finance personnel to appropriately account for, review and disclose the completeness and accuracy of transactions entered into by the Company. This material weakness, if not remediated, could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. We may be unable to develop, implement and maintain appropriate internal controls over financial reporting. If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results and current and potential stockholders may lose confidence in our financial reporting.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Securities and Exchange Commission rules require that our management report annually on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our disclosure controls and procedures. Among other things, our management must conduct an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. During the preparation of our financial statements for the year ended January 2, 2021, we and our auditors identified a material weakness (as such term is defined below) in our internal control over financial reporting. We lack a sufficient complement of competent finance personnel to appropriately account for, review, and disclose the completeness and accuracy of transactions entered into by the Company. As part of our remediation plan, we plan to hire additional employees and external consultants who have the technical skillset to improve our financial reporting; implement new policies, procedures and controls; properly review transactions recorded and classified in the financial statements; and ensure proper accounting and related disclosures for complex accounting matters when necessary both in the United States and United Kingdom.

 

16
 

 

Although we are working to remedy the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting discussed above, there can be no assurance as to when the remediation plan will be fully developed, when it will be fully implemented or the aggregate cost of implementation. Until our remediation plan is fully implemented, our management will continue to devote significant time and attention to these efforts. If we do not complete our remediation in a timely fashion, or at all, or if our remediation plan is inadequate, there will continue to be an increased risk that we will be unable to timely file future periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission and that our future consolidated financial statements could contain errors that will be undetected. Further and continued determinations that there are material weaknesses in the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting relating the above items could also reduce our ability to obtain financing or could increase the cost of any financing we obtain and require additional expenditures of both money and our management’s time to comply with applicable requirements.

 

Any failure to implement or maintain required new or improved controls, or any difficulties we encounter in their implementation, could result in additional material weaknesses, or could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. These misstatements could result in a restatement of our consolidated financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations, reduce our ability to obtain financing or cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, leading to a decline in our stock price.

 

There are inherent limitations in all control systems, and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

The ongoing internal control provisions of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 require us to identify material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting, which is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, does not expect that our internal controls and disclosure controls will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. In addition, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and the benefit of controls must be relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, in our Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Further, controls can be circumvented by individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more persons, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, a control may be inadequate because of changes in conditions, such as growth of the Company or increased transaction volume, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

In addition, discovery and disclosure of a material weakness, could have a material adverse impact on our financial statements. Such an occurrence could discourage certain customers or suppliers from doing business with us, cause downgrades in our future debt ratings leading to higher borrowing costs and affect how our stock trades. This could, in turn, negatively affect our ability to access public debt or equity markets for capital.

 

Our compliance with complicated regulations concerning corporate governance and public disclosure has resulted in additional expenses.

 

We are faced with expensive, complicated and evolving disclosure, governance and compliance laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure. In addition, as a staffing company, we are regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, and often by state authorities. New or changing laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies, which could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing compliance work.

 

Our failure to comply with all laws, rules and regulations applicable to U.S. public companies could subject us or our management to regulatory scrutiny or sanction, which could harm our reputation and stock price. Our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to continue to result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

 

17
 

 

The requirements of being a public company place significant demands on our resources.

 

As a public company, we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Capital Market, have imposed various requirements on public companies. New laws and regulations as well as changes to existing laws and regulations affecting public companies, including the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and changes in required accounting practices and rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the by NASDAQ Capital Market, would likely result in increased costs to us as we respond to their requirements.

 

Shareholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain our current levels of such coverage.

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

 

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

 

The Company leases 4,157 square feet of space at 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, NY 10022, its headquarters and principal location. The Company’s lease for this space will expire in 2022. The Company currently has a total of 16 facilities throughout the U.S. and the U.K. This includes U.K. offices in London and Redhill, England, as well as offices in the following states in the U.S.: New York, Connecticut, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, Georgia, North Carolina and South Carolina.

 

All offices are operated from leased space ranging from approximately 500 to 10,000 square feet, typically through operating leases with terms that range from six months to ten years, and thus with expirations from 2021 through 2029. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our current requirements and that the Company’s leasing strategies provide us with sufficient flexibility to accommodate our business needs.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

From time to time, we may become involved in lawsuits, investigations and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.

 

Whitaker v. Monroe Staffing Services, LLC & Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

On December 5, 2019, former owner of Key Resources, Inc. (“KRI”), Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker,” “Plaintiff”), filed a complaint in Guilford County, North Carolina (the “North Carolina Action”) asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against Monroe Staffing Services LLC (“Monroe”) and the Company (collectively, the “Defendants”) arising out of the alleged non-payment of certain earn-out payments and interest purportedly due under a Share Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Whitaker sold all issued and outstanding shares in her staffing agency, KRI, to Monroe in August 2018. Whitaker is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages.

 

Defendants removed the action to the Middle District of North Carolina on January 7, 2020, and Plaintiff moved to remand on February 4, 2020. Briefing on the motion to remand concluded on February 24, 2020. Separately, Defendants moved to dismiss the action on January 14, 2020 based on Plaintiff’s failure to state a claim, improper venue, and lack of personal jurisdiction as to defendant Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Alternatively, Defendants sought a transfer of the action to the Southern District of New York, based on the plain language of the Share Purchase Agreement’s forum selection clause. Briefing on Defendants’ motion to dismiss concluded on February 18, 2020. On February 28, 2020, Plaintiff moved for leave to file an amended complaint. Defendants filed their opposition to the motion for leave on March 19, 2020. Plaintiff has filed a reply.

 

On June 29, 2020, Magistrate Judge Webster issued a Report and Recommendation on the pending motions, recommending that Defendants’ motion to dismiss be granted with regard to Defendants’ request to transfer the matter to the Southern District of New York, and denied in all other regards without prejudice to Defendants raising those arguments again in the new forum. Magistrate Judge Webster also recommended that Plaintiff’s motion to remand be denied and motion to amend be left to the discretion of the Southern District of New York.

 

18
 

 

Plaintiff filed an objection to the Report and Recommendation on July 9, 2020. Defendants responded on July 23, 2020. On February 19, 2021, the Middle District of North Carolina issued a decision that reversed the Magistrate Judge’s Order, granting Plaintiff’s motion to remand and denying Defendants’ motion to dismiss as moot. Defendants filed a Notice of Appeal to the Fourth Circuit on February 25, 2021 and their opening brief is due on April 21, 2021.

 

Separately, on February 26, 2020, the Company and Monroe filed an action against Whitaker in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (Case No. 1:20-cv-01716) (the “New York Action”.) The New York Action concerns claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement arising from various misrepresentations made by Whitaker to the Company and Monroe in advance of, and included in, the share purchase agreement. The Company and Monroe are seeking damages in an amount to be determined at trial but in no event less than $6 million. On April 28, 2020, Whitaker filed a motion to dismiss the New York Action on both procedural and substantive grounds. On June 11, 2020, Monroe and the Company filed their opposition to Whitaker’s motion to dismiss. On July 9, 2020 Whitaker filed reply papers in further support of the motion.

 

On October 13, 2020, the Court denied Whitaker’s motion to dismiss, in part, and granted the motion, in part. The Court rejected Whitaker’s procedural arguments but granted the motion on substantive grounds. However, the Court ordered that Monroe and the Company may seek leave to amend the complaint by letter application by December 1, 2020. Monroe and the Company filed a letter of motion for leave to amend and a proposed Amended Complaint on December 1, 2020. On January 5, 2021, Whitaker filed an opposition to the letter motion. On January 25, 2021, Monroe and the Company filed a reply in further support of the letter motion. On March 9, 2021, the Court granted Monroe and the Company’s motion for leave to amend, in part, and denied the motion, in part. The Court rejected Monroe and the Company’s claim for fraudulent inducement but granted the motion for leave to amend their breach of contract claim. Monroe and the Company filed their amended complaint on March 12, 2021. On April 9, 2021, Whitaker renewed her motion to dismiss on procedural grounds, requesting dismissal of the action or, in the alternative, a stay of the proceeding pending adjudication on the merits of the North Carolina Action. Monroe and the Company’s opposition to the motion to dismiss is due on April 23, 2021.

 

Monroe and the Company intend to pursue their claims vigorously.

 

As of the date of this filing, we are not aware of any other material legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or to which any of our property is subject, other than as disclosed above.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

 

Not applicable.

 

19
 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

Market Information

 

Shares of the Company’s common stock are traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “STAF.”

 

Holders of Common Stock

 

As of April 15, 2021, there were approximately 514 shareholders of record of the Company’s common stock.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Other than those sales of unregistered securities that have been disclosed by the Company in quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and as described in “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under the heading “Financings,” the following are the only sales of unregistered securities: during the period December 30, 2019 through January 2, 2021 - we issued 15,000 shares of common stock, with an aggregate value of $18 to Greenridge Global, LLC in return for investor relations advisory services.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

 

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

 

20
 

 

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

 

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report. This section includes a number of forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. All statements that address expectations or projections about the future, including, but not limited to, statements about our plans, strategies, adequacy of resources and future financial results (such as revenue, gross profit, operating profit, cash flow), are forward-looking statements. Some of the forward-looking statements can be identified by words like “anticipates,” “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “can,” “could,” “should,” “intends,” “project,” “predict,” “plans,” “estimates,” “goal,” “target,” “possible,” “potential,” “would,” “seek,” and similar references to future periods. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Because these forward-looking statements are based on estimates and assumptions that are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control or are subject to change, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: negative outcome of pending and future claims and litigation; our ability to access the capital markets by pursuing additional debt and equity financing to fund our business plan and expenses on terms acceptable to us or at all; and our ability to comply with our contractual covenants, including in respect of our debt; potential cost overruns and possible rejection of our business model and/or sales methods; weakness in general economic conditions and levels of capital spending by customers in the industries we serve; weakness or volatility in the financial and capital markets, which may result in the postponement or cancellation of our customers’ capital projects or the inability of our customers to pay our fees; delays or reductions in U.S. government spending; credit risks associated with our customers; competitive market pressures; the availability and cost of qualified labor; our level of success in attracting, training and retaining qualified management personnel and other staff employees; changes in tax laws and other government regulations, including the impact of health care reform laws and regulations; the possibility of incurring liability for our business activities, including, but not limited to, the activities of our temporary employees; our performance on customer contracts; and government policies, legislation or judicial decisions adverse to our businesses. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. We assume no obligation to update such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. We recommend readers to carefully review the entirety of this Annual Report, including the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report and the other reports and documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), particularly our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K.

 

Overview

 

We are incorporated in the State of Delaware. As a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector, our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring suitable, mature, profitable, operating, U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the Professional Business Stream and Commercial Business Stream disciplines.

 

Recent Developments

 

COVID-19

 

In December 2019, a strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, and has spread globally, resulting in government-imposed quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures in affected countries. The COVID-19 pandemic is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. Much of the independent contractor work we provide to our clients is performed at the site of our clients. As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches our clients have made to address the COVID-19 pandemic, such as whether they support remote working or if they have simply closed their facilities and furloughed employees. To the extent that our clients were to decide or are required to close their facilities, or not permit remote work when they close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. In addition, in the event that our clients’ businesses suffer or close as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we may experience decline in our revenue or write-off of receivables from such clients. Moreover, developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted our ability to deploy our staffing workforce effectively, thereby impacting contracts with customers in our commercial staffing and professional staffing business streams, where we have had declines in revenues during Q2 2020, Q3 2020 and Q4 2020 compared with the respective periods in 2019. While some government-imposed precautionary measures have been relaxed in certain countries or states, more strict measures have been or may be put in place again due to a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, as has occurred recently in the United Kingdom in response to the spread of a new strain of COVID-19. As a result of the newly imposed government restrictions in the United Kingdom, we had to close both of our offices in the United Kingdom, and our employees have been forced to operate remotely from their homes. Employees are returning to our offices in the United Kingdom on a voluntary basis on March 29, 2021. Therefore, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect our operation and to disrupt the marketplace in which we operate and may negatively impact our sales in fiscal year 2021 and our overall liquidity.

 

21
 

 

While the ultimate economic impact brought by, and the duration of, the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others, the pandemic has resulted in significant disruptions in general commercial activity and the global economy and caused financial market volatility and uncertainty in significant and unforeseen ways in the recent months. A continuation or worsening of the levels of market disruption and volatility seen in the recent past could have an adverse effect on our ability to access capital and on the market price of our common stock, and we may not be able to successfully raise needed capital. If we are unsuccessful in raising capital in the future, we may need to reduce activities, curtail or cease operations.

 

In addition, the continuation or worsening of the COVID-19 pandemic or an outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, resulting in an economic downturn that could impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Nasdaq Minimum Stockholders’ Equity Requirement

 

On June 3, 2020, we received a letter from the Listing Qualifications Department notifying us that we are no longer in compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity requirement for continued listing on Nasdaq. Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1) requires listed companies to maintain stockholders’ equity of at least $2.5 million. Further, as of June 9, 2020, we did not meet the alternative compliance standards relating to the market value of listed securities or net income from continuing operations.

 

In accordance with the Nasdaq Listing Rules, we were afforded the opportunity to submit a plan to regain compliance with the minimum stockholders’ equity standard. Based on our submissions, the Listing Qualifications Department granted us an extension to regain compliance with Rule 5550(b)(1) until November 30, 2020.

 

On December 1, 2020, we received notice that because we had not met the terms of the extension, our common stock would be subject to delisting from Nasdaq, unless we timely requested a hearing before a Nasdaq Hearings Panel (the “Panel”.) We timely requested a hearing before the Panel, which automatically stayed any suspension or delisting action pending the issuance of a decision by the Panel following the hearing and the expiration of any additional extension period granted by the Panel. The hearing occurred on January 21, 2021. At the hearing, we provided the Panel with an update on our compliance plan and requested a further extension of time in which to regain compliance. On February 3, 2021, we received a letter from the Panel noting it has granted our request for an extension until February 28, 2021 to regain compliance with the minimum $2.5 million stockholders’ equity requirement, or the alternative compliance standards as set forth in Nasdaq Listing Rule 5550(b)(1). On March 4, 2021 the Company received a letter extending the deadline for compliance to May 31, 2021.

 

Although we are taking actions intended to restore our compliance with the listing requirements, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us will be successful. Should a delisting occur, an investor would likely find it significantly more difficult to dispose of, or to obtain accurate quotations as to the value of our common stock, and our ability to raise future capital through the sale of our common stock could be severely limited. In addition, delisting could harm our ability to raise capital through alternative financing sources on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and may result in the potential loss of confidence by investors, suppliers, customers and employees and fewer business development opportunities.

 

December 2020 Public Offering

 

On December 29, 2020, we closed the sale of an aggregate of 4,816,665 shares of common stock in an underwritten public offering (the “December 2020 Public Offering”), at an offering price to the public of $0.60 per share. We received net proceeds from the December 2020 Public Offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, of approximately $2.4 million. We used 75% of the net proceeds from such underwritten offering to redeem a portion of our outstanding Jackson Note due September 30, 2022, and 25% of the net proceeds from such underwritten offering to redeem a portion of our Series E Preferred Stock.

 

December 2020 Registered Direct Offering

 

On December 31, 2020, we closed the sale of an aggregate of 2,662,596 shares of common stock in a registered direct offering (the “December 2020 Registered Direct Offering”), at an offering price of $0.66 per share. We received net proceeds from the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering, after deducting placement agent fees and other estimated offering expenses payable by us, of approximately $1.5 million. We used 75% of the net proceeds from such registered direct offering to redeem a portion of our outstanding Jackson Note, and 25% of the net proceeds from such registered direct offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock.

 

22
 

 

February 2021 Public Offering

 

On February 9, 2021, we announced the pricing of a public offering of an aggregate of 21,855,280 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $0.90 per share (the “Offering”.) The Offering was made pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 initially filed on January 13, 2021, as subsequently amended and declared effective on February 9, 2021. The Offering was made only by means of a prospectus forming a part of the effective registration statement.

 

The Offering closed on February 12, 2021. In the Offering, the Company issued 20,851,199 shares of common stock and pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 1,004,081 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share (the “Pre-funded Warrants”.) The Pre-funded Warrants were sold at $0.8999 per Pre-Funded Warrant. The Pre-funded Warrants were immediately exercisable and could be exercised at any time after their original issuance until such Pre-funded Warrants were exercised in full. The Pre-funded Warrants were exercised immediately upon issuance, and 1,004,081 shares of common stock were issued on February 12, 2021.

 

The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering were approximately $18.1 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. While the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, including the securities offered in the Offering, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, subject to certain limitations. On February 12, 2021, the Company used approximately 75% of the net proceeds from the Offering to redeem a portion of the outstanding Jackson Note, which had an outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of $32,710 as of February 9, 2021, and 25% of the net proceeds from the Offering to redeem a portion of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the Limited Consent (as defined below), upon closing of the Offering, the Company redeemed a portion of the 2020 Jackson Note with an outstanding principal amount of $13,556 and interest accrued thereon and redeemed 4,518 shares of the Base Series E Preferred Stock. Following the redemption of the Base Series E Preferred Stock, the Company has 6,172 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock outstanding with an aggregate stated value of $6,172.

 

Jackson Waivers

 

On February 5, 2021, we entered into a Limited Consent and Waiver (the “Limited Consent”) with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) whereby, among other things, Jackson agreed that we may use 75% of the proceeds from the Offering to redeem a portion of the 2020 Jackson Note, which at the time had an outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of $32,710, and 25% of the net proceeds from the Offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock, notwithstanding certain provisions of the Series E Certificate of Designation that would have required us to use all the proceeds from the Offering to redeem the Base Series E Preferred Stock. In addition, we also agreed in the Limited Consent to additional limits on our ability to incur other indebtedness, including limits on advances under our revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding [X] Trust. We also agreed that to the extent that any of our PPP Loans are forgiven after the Offering, Jackson may convert the Base Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock that remains outstanding into a secured note that is substantially similar to the 2020 Jackson Note. On April 8, 2021, the limited waiver was extended to June 17 ,2021.

 

Jackson also entered into a Limited Waiver and Agreement with us on February 5, 2021, whereby Jackson agreed that it would not convert any shares of the Base Series E Preferred Stock or Series E-1 Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock or exercise any warrants to purchase shares to the extent that doing so would cause the number of our authorized shares of common stock to be less than the number of shares being offered in the Offering. Jackson also waived any event of default under the Series E Certificate of Designation and the 2020 Jackson Note that would have resulted from the Company having an insufficient number of authorized shares of common stock to honor conversions of the Base Series E Preferred Stock and the exercise of Jackson’s warrants. On April 8, 2021, the limited waiver was extended to June 17 ,2021.

 

Business Model, Operating History and Acquisitions

 

We are a high-growth international staffing company engaged in the acquisition of U.S. and U.K. based staffing companies. As part of our consolidation model, we pursue a broad spectrum of staffing companies supporting primarily the Professional and Commercial Business Streams. Our typical acquisition model is based on paying consideration in the form of cash, stock, earn-outs and/or promissory notes. In furthering our business model, the Company is regularly in discussions and negotiations with various suitable, mature acquisition targets. Since November 2013, the Company has completed ten acquisitions.

 

Clement May Acquisition

 

On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”.) Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) the assignment of certain outstanding debt owed to the CML Majority Holder to the Principal as set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement, (iv) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around December 28, 2019 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (v) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc.

 

23
 

 

Key Resources Inc. Acquisition

 

On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (for purposes of this paragraph, the “Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”.) The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration due the seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”), within current liabilities as of December 28, 2019, in February 2020 the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract, which more than offsets the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 in Fiscal 2020. Refer to legal proceedings below for action filed against Whitaker, the former owner of KRI.

 

To finance the above transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company.

 

firstPRO Transaction

 

On September 24, 2020, we and Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC d/b/a firstPRO, our wholly-owned subsidiary (for purposes of this paragraph and the succeeding two paragraphs, the “Seller”), entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with firstPRO Recruitment, LLC (for purposes of this paragraph, the “Buyer”), pursuant to which the Seller sold to the Buyer substantially all of the Seller’s assets used in or related to the operation or conduct of its professional staffing and recruiting business in Georgia (the “Assets,” and such sale, the “firstPRO Transaction”). In addition, the Buyer agreed to assume certain liabilities related to the Assets. The purchase price in connection with the firstPRO Transaction was $3,300, of which (a) $1,220 was paid at closing (the “Initial Payment”) and (b) $2,080 was held in a separate escrow account (the “Escrow Funds”), which will be released upon receipt of the forgiveness of the Seller’s Paycheck Protection Program loan by the SBA. In the event that all or any portion of the PPP Loan is not forgiven by the SBA, all or portion of the certain funds being held in escrow will be used to repay any unforgiven portion of the PPP Loan in full. The firstPRO Transaction closed on September 24, 2020. In September, we submitted the PPP Loan forgiveness applications to the SBA. As of the date of this filing, the PPP Loan has not been approved for forgiveness, and there is no guarantee that all or portion of the PPP Loan will be forgiven.

 

In connection with execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, we and certain of our subsidiaries entered into a Consent Agreement with Jackson (the “Consent”), a noteholder pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2017, as amended (the “Existing Note Purchase Agreement”). Under the terms of the Consent and the Series E Certificate of Designation, in consideration for Jackson’s consent to the firstPRO Transaction, the Initial Payment was used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock, and the Escrow Funds, subject to the forgiveness of PPP Loan discussed above, will be used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock. As this provision results in a contingent redemption feature, approximately $2.1 million of the Series E Preferred Stock was reclassified to mezzanine equity during the year ended January 2, 2021.

 

To induce the Buyer to enter into the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Seller also entered into a Transition Services Agreement with the Buyer, pursuant to which each party will provide certain transition services to minimize any disruption to the businesses of the Seller and the Buyer arising from the firstPRO Transaction.

 

For Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019

 

  

Fiscal

2020

  % of Revenue  

Fiscal

2019

  % of Revenue  Growth 
Revenue $204,527   100.0 % $278,478   100.0 %  (26.6)%
Cost of revenue  169,714   83.0 %  230,169   82.7 %  (26.3)%
Gross profit  34,813   17.0 %  48,309   17.3 %  (27.9)%
Operating expenses  43,593   21.3 %  47,686   17.1 %  (8.6)%
(Loss) Income from operations  (8,780)  (4.3)%  623   0.2 %  (1509.3)%
Other expenses  (6,962)  (3.4)%  (5,852)  (2.1)%  19.0 %
Benefit for income taxes  100   (0.0)%  335   0.1 %  (70.1)%
Net loss $(15,642)  (7.6)% $(4,894)  (1.8)%  219.6 %

 

24
 

 

Revenue

 

Fiscal 2020 revenue decreased by 26.6% to $204,527 as compared with $278,478 for Fiscal 2019. Of that decline, $74,386 was attributable to organic revenue decline, slightly offset by $435 of favorable foreign currency translation. Within organic revenue, temporary contractor revenue declined $69,321 and permanent placement declined $5,065. The revenue decline in 2020 as compared to 2019 is the result of the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. In addition, the sale of firstPRO in September 2020 resulted in 9 months of revenue for fiscal 2020 versus 12 months in fiscal 2019.

 

Revenue in Fiscal 2020 was comprised of $198,066 of temporary contractor revenue and $6,461 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $266,974 and $11,504 for Fiscal 2019, respectively.

 

Cost of revenue, Gross profit and gross margin

 

Cost of revenue includes the variable cost of labor and various non-variable costs (e.g., workers’ compensation insurance) relating to employees (temporary and permanent) as well as sub-contractors and consultants. For Fiscal 2020, cost of revenue was $169,714, a decrease of 26.3% from $230,169 in Fiscal 2019, compared with revenue decline of 26.6%.

 

Gross profit for Fiscal 2020 was $34,813, a decrease of 27.9% from $48,309 for Fiscal 2019, representing gross margin of 17.0% and 17.3% for each period, respectively. The decline was driven by $13,557 of organic decline and only nine months of activity for firstPRO, slightly offset by $61 of favorable foreign currency translation.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses for Fiscal 2020 were $43,593, a decrease of 8.6% from $47,686 for Fiscal 2019. The decrease in operating expenses was driven by headcount reductions, only nine months of activity for firstPRO, goodwill impairment of firstPRO, lower variable costs and savings attributable to synergies within the subsidiaries, and cost savings initiatives.

 

Other Expenses

 

Other expenses for Fiscal 2020 were $6,962, an increase of 19.0% from $5,852 in Fiscal 2019. The increase was driven by the following: $41 interest income restructuring charge in Fiscal 2020 versus $0 in Fiscal 2019; a $124 gain on sales of firstPRO in Fiscal 2020 versus a gain of $1,077 on CBS Butler earnout settlement in Fiscal 2019 and $847 gain on settlement of firstPRO deferred consideration in Fiscal 2019. These were partially offset by $584 gain in remeasuring the intercompany note in Fiscal 2020 compared with a gain of $383 in Fiscal 2019; other income of $125 in Fiscal 2020 versus $326 in Fiscal 2019; $433 lower interest expense recorded in Fiscal 2020 versus Fiscal 2019 due to the restructuring of $35 million debt in Fiscal 2020; and $298 of lower net amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs.

 

Non-GAAP Measures

 

To supplement our consolidated financial statements presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), we also use non-GAAP financial measures and Key Performance Indicators (“KPIs”) in addition to our GAAP results. We believe non-GAAP financial measures and KPIs may provide useful information for evaluating our cash operating performance, ability to service debt, compliance with debt covenants and measurement against competitors. This information should be considered as supplemental in nature and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the related financial information prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly entitled measures reported by other companies.

 

We present the following non-GAAP financial measure and KPIs in this report:

 

Revenue and Gross Profit by Business Streams We use this KPI to measure the Company’s mix of Revenue and respective profitability between its two main lines of business due to their differing margins. For clarity, these lines of business are not the Company’s operating segments, as this information is not currently regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker to allocate capital and resources. Rather, we use this KPI to benchmark the Company against the industry.

 

25
 

 

The following table details Revenue and Gross Profit by Business Streams:

 

  Fiscal 2020  Mix  Fiscal 2019  Mix 
             
Revenue                
Commercial Staffing - US $113,970   56% $127,330   46%
Professional Staffing - US  23,477   11%  37,294   13%
Professional Staffing - UK  67,080   33%  113,854   41%
Total Service Revenue $204,527      $278,478     
                 
Gross Profit                
Commercial Staffing - US $17,845   51% $20,080   42%
Professional Staffing - US  7,546   22%  14,081   29%
Professional Staffing - UK  9,422   27%  14,148   29%
Total Gross Profit $34,813      $48,309     
                 
Gross Margin                
Commercial Staffing - US  15.7%      15.8%    
Professional Staffing - US  32.1%      37.8%    
Professional Staffing - UK  14.0%      12.4%    
Total Gross Margin  17.0%      17.3%    

 

Adjusted EBITDA This measure is defined as net loss attributable to common stock before: interest expense, benefit from (provision for) income taxes; income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax; other (income) expense, net, in operating income (loss); amortization and impairment of intangible assets; impairment of goodwill; depreciation; operational restructuring and other charges; other income (expense), net, below operating income (loss); non-cash expenses associated with stock compensation; and charges the Company considers to be non-recurring in nature such as legal expenses associated with litigation, professional fees associated potential and completed acquisitions. We use this measure because we believe it provides a more meaningful understanding of the profit and cash flow generation of the Company.

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Net loss $(15,642) $(4,894)
         
Interest expense  7,195   7,628 
Benefit from income taxes  (100)  (335)
Depreciation and amortization  3,677   4,226 
EBITDA $(4,870) $6,625 
         
Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses (1)  6,714   4,956 
Other non-cash charges (2)  662   840 
Impairment of Goodwill  2,969    
Re-measurement gain on intercompany note  (584)  (383)
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration     (1,924)
Restructuring charges  21   (10)
Gain from sale of business  (124)   
Other income  (125)  (326)
Adjusted EBITDA $4,663  $9,778 
         
Adjusted EBITDA of Divested Business (3) $(507) $(908)
         
Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA (4) $4,156  $8,870 
         
Adjusted Gross Profit (5) $31,199  $40,425 
         
Adjusted EBITDA as percentage of Adjusted Gross Profit  14.9%  24.2%

 

 (1)

Acquisition, capital raising and other non-recurring expenses primarily relate to capital raising expenses, acquisition and integration expenses and legal expenses incurred in relation to matters outside the ordinary course of business. In addition, the Company included non-recurring expenses related to salaries, rent and bad debts which were a direct result of the Covid-19 pandemic. Due to government mandated restrictions, the Company had to temporarily close all of its offices and, due to social distancing restrictions, could not make full use of these facilities for significant periods of time during the year, both in the US and UK. These restrictions are still ongoing in 2021. The Company calculated an adjustment of $1.4 million for the time these offices were closed or partially not used due to Covid-19 related restrictions. In addition, the Company reduced headcounts throughout the Company. The reduction in 2019 related to performance and in 2020 related to Covid-19 staff reductions. These positions are no longer included in the current cost structure. The Company had internal staff of 291 just before the onset of the pandemic and 196 by the end of the Fiscal 2020. Salary adjustments are standard treatment for adjustment to EBITDA for management reporting purposes.

 

26
 

 

 (2)Other non-cash charges primarily relate to staff option and share compensation expense, expense for shares issued to directors for board services, and consideration paid for consulting services.
   
 (3)Adjusted EBITDA of Divested Business for the period prior to the divestment date.
   
 (4)Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA excludes the Adjusted EBITDA of Divested Business for the period prior to the divestment date.
   
 (5)Adjusted Gross Profit excludes gross profit of business divested in September 2020, for the period prior to divestment date.

  

Operating Leverage This measure is calculated by dividing the growth in Adjusted EBITDA by the growth in Gross Profit, on a trailing 12-month basis. We use this KPI because we believe it provides a measure of the Company’s efficiency for converting incremental gross profit into Adjusted EBITDA.

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
       
Gross Profit - TTM (Current Period) $34,813  $48,309 
Gross Profit - TTM (Prior Period)  48,309   48,304 
Gross Profit – Growth (Decline) $(13,496) $5 
         
Adjusted EBITDA - TTM (Current Period) $4,663  $9,778 
Adjusted EBITDA - TTM (Prior Period)  9,778   9,007 
Adjusted EBITDA – Growth (Decline) $(5,115) $771 
         
Operating Leverage  38%  15420%

 

Leverage Ratio Calculated as Total Debt, Net, gross of any Original Issue Discount, divided by Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA for the trailing 12-months. We use this KPI as an indicator of the Company’s ability to service its debt prospectively.

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
       
Total Term Debt, Net $54,810  $38,816 
Addback: Total Debt Discount and Deferred Financing Costs  559   497 
Total Debt $55,369  $39,313 
         
TTM Adjusted EBITDA $4,663  $9,778 
         
Pro Forma TTM Adjusted EBITDA $4,156  $8,870 
         
Pro Forma Leverage Ratio  13.32x  4.43x

 

Operating Cash Flow Including Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Financing calculated as net cash (used in) provided by operating activities plus net proceeds from accounts receivable financing. Because much of the Company’s temporary payroll expense is paid weekly and in advance of clients remitting payment for invoices, operating cash flow is often weaker in staffing companies where revenue and accounts receivable are growing. Accounts receivable financing is essentially an advance on client remittances and is primarily used to fund temporary payroll. As such, we believe this measure is helpful to investors as an indicator of the Company’s underlying operating cash flow.

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
       
Net cash flow used in operating activities $(14,256) $(10,840)
         
Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price  8,654   13,970 
         
Repayments on accounts receivable financing  (2,426) (2,708)
         
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities including proceeds from accounts receivable financing $(8,028) $422 

 

27
 

 

The Leverage Ratio and Operating Cash Flow Including Proceeds from Accounts Receivable Financing should be considered together with the information in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section, immediately below.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity is the ability of a company to generate funds to support its current and future operations, satisfy its obligations, and otherwise operate on an ongoing basis. Historically, we have funded our operations through term loans, promissory notes, bonds, convertible notes, private placement offerings and sales of equity.

 

Our primary uses of cash have been for professional fees related to our operations and financial reporting requirements and for the payment of compensation, benefits and consulting fees. The following trends may occur as the Company continues to execute on its strategy:

 

 An increase in working capital requirements to finance organic growth,
 Addition of administrative and sales personnel as the business grows,
 Increases in advertising, public relations and sales promotions for existing and new brands as we expand within existing markets or enter new markets,
 A continuation of the costs associated with being a public company, and
 Capital expenditures to add technologies.

 

Our liquidity may be negatively impacted by the significant costs associated with our public company reporting requirements, costs associated with newly applicable corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and other rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission. We expect all of these applicable rules and regulations could significantly increase our legal and financial compliance costs and increase the use of resources.

 

For Fiscal 2020 the Company had a working capital deficiency of $20,793, an accumulated deficit of $92,179, and a net loss of $15,642.

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. The Company has unsecured payment due in the next 12 months associated with a historical acquisition and secured current debt arrangements which are in excess of cash and cash equivalents on hand, in addition to funding operational growth requirements. Historically, the Company has funded such payments either through cash flow from operations or the raising of capital through additional debt or equity. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital, such payments may not be made on time. Additionally, with the onset of COVID-19 pandemic, there is further uncertainty related to our future revenues, gross profit and cash flows. These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments or classifications that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

 

Operating activities

 

For Fiscal 2020, net cash used in operations of $14,256 was primarily attributable to changes in operating assets and liabilities totalling $7,800 and a net loss of $15,642, offset by non-cash adjustments of $9,186. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to a decrease in accounts receivable of $7,314, decrease in other assets of $941, increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1,659, decrease in other current liabilities of $2,058, and decrease in other long-term liabilities of $1,657, offset by increase in accounts payable – related party of $1,598, increase in prepaid expenses of $427, and increase in other of $424. Non-cash add backs of $9,186 primarily relates to amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of $3,275, right of use assets amortization of $1,521, amortization of debt discount and deferred financing of $559, stock-based compensation of $637, bad debt expense of $933, and write-off of goodwill of $2,969, offset by remeasurement gain on intercompany note of $584 and gain on sale of subsidiary of $124.

 

28
 

 

For Fiscal 2019, net cash used in operations of $10,840 was primarily attributable to changes in operating assets and liabilities totalling $10,230 and a net loss of $4,894, offset by non-cash adjustments of $4,284. Changes in operating assets and liabilities primarily relates to an increase in accounts receivable of $7,574, increase in other assets of $2,123, decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1,893, decrease in other current liabilities of $94, and decrease in other long-term liabilities of $85, offset by increase in accounts payable – related party of $1,114, decrease in prepaid expenses of $367, and increase in other of $58. Non-cash add backs of $4,284 primarily relates to amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of $3,369, right of use assets amortization of $1,533, amortization of debt discount and deferred financing of $857, and stock-based compensation of $832, offset by remeasurement gain on intercompany note of $383 and gain on settlement of deferred consideration of $1,924.

 

Investing activities

 

For Fiscal 2020, net cash flows provided by investing activities was $11,697, of which $8,654 was from the collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price and $3,300 was attributable to proceeds from the sale of a subsidiary, partially offset by purchase of property and equipment of $257.

 

For Fiscal 2019, net cash flows provided by investing activities was $13,460, of which $13,970 was related to the collection of the UK factoring facility deferred purchase price, partially offset by purchase of property and equipment of $510.

 

Financing activities

 

For Fiscal 2020, net cash flows provided by financing activities totalled $11,553, of which $2,426 relates to repayments on accounts receivable financing, net, payment of third-party financing costs of $795, dividends paid to related parties of $3,333, redemption of Series E Preferred Stock of $1,920, repayment of term loans of $4,734; and financing costs – related party of $488; offset by proceeds from equity raise of $4,634, proceeds from PPP loans of $19,395 and proceeds from term loans of $1,220.

 

For Fiscal 2019, net cash flows used in financing activities totalled $4,389, of which $2,708 relates to repayments on accounts receivable financing, net, payment on deferred consideration for $6,230, payment of third-party financing costs of $1,154, dividends paid to related parties of $1,175, dividends paid to shareholders of $337, and repayment on HSBC loan of $650; financing costs – related party of $188; offset by proceeds from equity raise of $5,515 and proceeds from related party term loan of $2,538.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

See Note 2 in the accompanying financial statements.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

Not required for smaller reporting companies.

 

29
 

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 Page
  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-1
  
Consolidated Balance Sheets at January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019F-2
  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019F-3
  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019F-4
  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019F-5
  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019F-7
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsF-8

 

30
 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

New York, NY

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended January 2, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended January 2, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Ability to Continue as a Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses, has a net capital deficiency, and faces uncertainty as to the operational impact of the COVID-19 outbreak, that raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Critical Audit Matter

 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

 

Goodwill Impairment Quantitative Assessment

 

At January 2, 2021, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balances was approximately $27 million, which is allocated between four reporting units. As discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company tests goodwill for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. The Company determines the fair value of the reporting unit using a combination of an income approach and a market approach. The determination of the fair value of the reporting units requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to forecasts of future cash flow, discount rates and market multiples of comparable companies. These assumptions are affected by expected future market or economic conditions, including the impact of COVID-19.

 

We identified the goodwill impairment quantitative assessment as a critical audit matter because of the significant assumptions management makes as part of the assessment to estimate the fair value of the reporting units. The income approach requires significant management assumptions in projecting future cash flows, including, revenue growth rate and discount rates. The market approach requires significant judgment in selecting the appropriate peer companies and the valuation multiples. These assumptions are further impacted by the inherent uncertainties resulting from COVID-19 pandemic related to the timing and extent of economic and market recovery. Auditing these elements involved especially challenging auditor judgment due to the nature and extent of audit effort required to address these matters, including the involvement of professionals with specialized skill or knowledge.

 

The primary procedures we performed to address this critical matter included:

 

 Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assumptions in the calculation of fair value of reporting units, including the revenue growth rate in the projected future cash flows by comparing to prior period forecasts, historical operating performance, internal and external communications by the Company and publicly available industry data of peer companies.
   
 Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s assumptions related to the extent of business disruption and timing of recovery by i) comparing management’s analysis of the expected business disruption attributed to the pandemic to actual results observed since the pandemic began during the Company’s fiscal year 2020, and ii) comparing management’s analysis of the timing of economic recovery to published industry forecasts and analyst reports in order to consider contradictory evidence regarding the expected impact of the COVID-19 disruption and timing of recovery.
   
 Assessing the Company’s ability to estimate future cash flows, including projected revenues by comparing the Company’s historical cash flow forecasts to actual results.
   
 Utilizing personnel with specialized knowledge and skill in valuation to assist in: i) assessing the appropriateness and relative weighting of valuation methodology, ii) evaluating the reasonableness of the discount rate used in the income approach, and iii) evaluating the reasonableness of the assumptions used to select peer companies and valuation multiples in market approach.

 

/s/ BDO USA LLP

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

 

New York, NY

 

April 16, 2021

 

F-1
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

  As of
January 2, 2021
  As of
December 28, 2019
 
ASSETS        
Current Assets:        
Cash $8,256  $1,196 
Cash in escrow  2,080    
Accounts receivable, net  24,568   26,604 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  1,251   842 
Total Current Assets  36,155   28,642 
         
Property and equipment, net  1,066   1,528 
Goodwill  27,045   31,049 
Intangible assets, net  16,017   19,511 
Other assets  3,168   3,223 
Right of use assets  3,433   4,888 
Total Assets $86,884  $88,841 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT        
         
Current Liabilities:        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses $15,030  $16,577 
Accrued expenses - related party  2,306   3,884 
Current debt, related party  1,139   37,780 
Current portion of debt  1,260   676 
PPP Loans  12,468    
Accounts receivable financing  16,986   19,374 
Leases - current liabilities  1,211   1,797 
Other current liabilities  6,548   3,907 
Total Current Liabilities  56,948   83,995 
         
Long-term debt, related party  32,182    
Long-term debt  834   360 
PPP Loans, non-current  6,927    
Leases – non-current  2,226   3,183 
Other long-term liabilities  3,787   1,670 
Total Liabilities  102,904   89,208 
         
Commitments and contingencies      
Series E-1 Preferred Stock, 6,500 designated, $0.00001 par value, 1,363 and 729 shares issued and outstanding as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively      
Contingently redeemable Series E Preferred Stock  2,080    
         
Stockholders’ Deficit:        
Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Equity:        
Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized;        
Series A Preferred Stock, related party, 1,663,008 designated, $0.00001 par value, $1.00 stated value, 1,663,008 and 1,039,380 shares issued and outstanding as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively      
Series E Preferred Stock, 13,000 designated, $0.00001 par value, 11,080 and 13,000 shares issued and outstanding as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively  11   13 
Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized; 16,818,624 and 8,785,748 shares issued and outstanding as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, respectively  1   1 
Additional paid in capital  73,844   76,214 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  223   (58)
Accumulated deficit  (92,179)  (76,537)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit  (18,100)  (367)
Total Liabilities, Contingently Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit $86,884  $88,841 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and per share values)

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Revenue $204,527  $278,478 
         
Cost of revenue  169,714   230,169 
         
Gross Profit  34,813   48,309 
         
Operating Expenses:        
Selling, general and administrative expenses  37,506   44,317 
Impairment of goodwill  2,969    
Depreciation and amortization  3,118   3,369 
Total Operating Expenses  43,593   47,686 
         
(Loss) Income From Operations  (8,780)  623 
         
Other (Expenses) Income:        
Interest expense  (7,195)  (7,628)
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs  (559)  (857)
Re-measurement gain on intercompany note  584   383 
Gain from sale of business  124    
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration     1,924 
Interest expense - restructuring  (41)   
Other income, net  125   326 
Total Other Expenses, net  (6,962)  (5,852)
         
Loss Before Provision For Income Tax  (15,742)  (5,229)
         
Benefit for income taxes  100   335 
         
Net Loss  (15,642)  (4,894)
         
Dividends - Series A preferred stock - related party  125   200 
Dividends - Series E preferred stock - related party  2,472   1,560 
Dividends - Series E-1 preferred stock - related party  756   728 
Deemed dividend  4,690    
         
Net loss Attributable to Common Stockholders $(23,685) $(7,382)
         
Basic and Diluted Net Loss per Share:        
         
Net Loss $(1.74) $(0.60)
         
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders $(2.64) $(0.90)
         
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted  8,970,871   8,198,519 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Net Loss $(15,642) $(4,894)
         
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)        
Foreign exchange translation gain (loss)  281   (2,111)
Comprehensive Loss Attributable to the Company $(15,361) $(7,005)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

  Shares  

Par

Value

  Shares  

Par

Value

  Shares  

Par

Value

  Shares  

Par

Value

  Additional paid in  Accumulated other comprehensive  Accumulated  Total Equity 
  Series E-1  Series A  Series E  Common Stock  capital  income (loss)  Deficit  (Deficit) 
Balance December 29, 2018  81  $   1,663,008  $   13,000  $13   5,326,068  $  $73,772  $2,053  $(71,643) $4,195 
Shares issued to/for:                                                
Employees, directors and consultants                    28,400      832         832 
Sale of common stock, net                    3,331,280   1   4,360         4,361 
Share issuance - Jackson                    100,000      75         75 
Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party                          (200)        (200)
Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party                          (1,560)        (1,560)
Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party  648                        (728)        (728)
Dividends - Common stockholders                          (337)        (337)
Foreign currency translation loss                             (2,111)     (2,111)
Net loss                                (4,894)  (4,894)
Balance December 28, 2019  729  $   1,663,008  $   13,000  $13   8,785,748  $1  $76,214  $(58) $(76,537) $(367)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(All amounts in thousands, except share and par values)

 

  Shares  

Par

Value

  Shares  

Par

Value

  Shares  Par Value  Shares  Par Value  Additional paid in  Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)  Accumulated  Total 
  Series E-1  Series A  Series E  Common Stock  capital  income  Deficit  Deficit 
Balance December 28, 2019  729  $   1,663,008      $13,000  $13   8,785,748  $1  $76,214  $(58) $(76,537) $(367)
Shares issued to/for:                                                
Employees, directors and consultants                    37,400      581         581 
Related party from Debt Arrangement                    500,000      324         324 
Series A Preferred Conversion        (623,628)           16,215                 
Sales of common stock, net                    7,479,261      3,894         3,894 
Warrants issued for services                          56         56 
Warrant modification – related party                          126         126 
Dividends - Series A Preferred Stock - Related Party                          (125)        (125)
Redemption of Series E Preferred Stock              (1,920)  (2)        (1,918)        (1,920)
Dividends - Series E Preferred Stock - Related Party                          (2,472)        (2,472)
Dividends - Series E-1 Preferred Stock - Related Party  634                        (756)        (756)
Redeemable portion of Series E Preferred Stock – Related Party                          (2,080)        (2,080)
Beneficial conversion feature for fair value modification – Series E Preferred Stock – Related Party                          4,690         4,690 
Deemed dividend                          (4,690)        (4,690)
Foreign currency translation gain                             281      281 
Net loss                                (15,642)  (15,642)
Balance January 2, 2021  1,363  $   1,039,380  $   11,080  $11   16,818,624  $1  $73,844  $223  $(92,179) $(18,100)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6
 

 

STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:        
Net loss $(15,642) $(4,894)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:        
Depreciation and amortization of intangible assets  3,275   3,369 
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs  559   857 
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration     (1,924)
Bad debt expense  933    
Goodwill impairment  2,969    
Right of use assets amortization  

1,521

   

1,533

 
Stock based compensation  637   832 
Gain from sale of business  (124)   
Re-measurement gain on intercompany note  (584)  (383)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:        
Accounts receivable  (7,314)  (7,574)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets  (427)  367 
Other assets  (941)  (2,123)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (1,659)  (1,893)
Accounts payable - Related parties  (1,598)  1,114 
Other current liabilities  2,058   (94)
Other long-term liabilities  1,657   (85)
Other, net  424   58 
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES  (14,256)  (10,840)
         
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:        
Collection of UK factoring facility deferred purchase price  8,654   13,970 
Proceeds from sale of subsidiary  3,300    
Purchase of property and equipment  (257)  (510)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES  11,697   13,460 
         
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:        
Third-party financing costs  (795)  (1,154)
Related-party financing costs  (488)  (188)
Payments for earn-outs     (6,230)
Proceeds from term loans - related party     2,538 
Proceeds from term loans  1,220    
Repayment of term loans  (4,734)  (650)
Repayments on accounts receivable financing, net  (2,426)  (2,708)
Dividends - related party  (3,333)  (1,175)
Redemption of Series E preferred Stock, Related party  (1,920)   
Proceeds from sale of common stock  4,634   5,515 
Proceeds from PPP loans  19,395    
Dividends paid on common stock     (337)
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES  11,553   (4,389)
         
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH  8,994   (1,769)
         
Foreign currency translation  146   (216)
         
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH - Beginning of period  1,196   3,181 
         
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH - End of period $10,336  $1,196 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7
 

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. (“we,” “us,” “our,” “Staffing 360,” or the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Nevada on December 22, 2009, as Golden Fork Corporation, which changed its name to Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., ticker symbol “STAF,” on March 16, 2012. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. We are a rapidly growing public company in the international staffing sector. Our high-growth business model is based on finding and acquiring, suitable, mature, profitable, operating, domestic and international staffing companies. Our targeted consolidation model is focused specifically on the accounting and finance, information technology (“IT”), engineering, administration (“Professional”) and light industrial (“Commercial”) disciplines.

 

NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

These consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”), expressed in U.S. dollars. All amounts are in thousands, except share and par values, unless otherwise indicated.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments including normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with the GAAP. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

Change of Year End

 

On February 28, 2017, the board of directors (the “Board”) approved the change of the Company’s fiscal year end from May 31 to a 52-53-week year ending on the Saturday closest to the 31st of December. This report is for the period from December 29, 2019 to January 2, 2021, “Fiscal 2020.” The prior year’s report was for the period from December 30, 2018 to December 28, 2019, “Fiscal 2019”.

 

Liquidity

 

The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments or classifications that may result from the possible inability of the Company to continue as a going concern. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the accompanying financial statements as of the year ended January 2, 2021, the Company has an accumulated deficit of $92,179 and a working capital deficit of $20,793. At January 2, 2021, we had total gross debt of $55,369 and $8,256 of cash on hand. We have historically met our cash needs through a combination of cash flows from operating activities, term loans, promissory notes, convertible notes, private placement offerings and sales of equity. Our cash requirements are generally for operating activities and debt repayments. Subsequent to the year ended January 2, 2021, we have continued to fund our operations and make required capital payments utilizing our available cash and, as of the date of this filing, we have approximately $1,050 in available cash.

 

The financial statements included in this annual report have been prepared assuming that we will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the recoverability of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Significant assumptions underlie this belief, including, among other things, that there will be no material adverse developments in our business, liquidity, capital requirements and that our credit facilities with our lenders will remain available to us.

 

Further, our note issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (“Jackson”) includes certain financial customary covenants and the Company has had instances of non-compliance. Management has historically been able to obtain from Jackson waivers of any non-compliance and management expects to continue to be able to obtain necessary waivers in the event of future non-compliance; however, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain such waivers, and should Jackson refuse to provide a waiver in the future, the outstanding debt under the agreement could become due immediately, which exceeds our current cash balance.

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which contemplate continuation of the Company as a going concern. Historically, the Company has funded such payments either through cash flow from operations or the raising of capital through additional debt or equity. If the Company is unable to obtain additional capital, such payments may not be made on time.

 

F-8
 

 

The Novel Coronavirus Disease 2019 (“COVID-19”), is impacting worldwide economic activity, and activity in the United States and the United Kingdom where our operations are based. The nature of work of the contractors we support mostly are on the site of our clients. As a result, we are subject to the plans and approaches of our clients to work during this period. This includes whether they support remote working when they have decided to close their facilities. To the extent that our clients have decided to or are required to close their facilities or not permit remote work when they decide to close facilities, we would no longer generate revenue and profit from that client. Developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted the Company’s ability to deploy its staffing workforce effectively thereby impacting contracts with customers in the Company’s Commercial Staffing and Professional Staffing business streams where we have seen declines in revenues during Fiscal 2020. While expected to be temporary, prolonged workforce disruptions can negatively impact sales in fiscal year 2021 and the Company’s overall liquidity.

 

The Company’s negative working capital and liquidity position combined with the uncertainty generated by the economic reaction to the COVID-19 pandemic raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The full impact of the COVID-19 outbreak continues to evolve as of the date of this report. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, industry, and workforce. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 outbreak and the global responses to curb its spread, the Company is not able to estimate the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak on its results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity for fiscal year 2021.

 

COVID-19

 

The full impact of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve as of the date of this annual report. As such, it is uncertain as to the full magnitude that the pandemic will have on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, and future results of operations. Management is actively monitoring the impact of the global situation on its financial condition, liquidity, operations, industry, and workforce. Developments such as social distancing and shelter-in-place directives have impacted the Company’s ability to generate revenues. Given the daily evolution of the COVID-19 pandemic, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the global responses to curb its spread and to treat its impact, the Company is not able to estimate the duration of the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on its results of operations, financial condition, or liquidity beyond fiscal year 2020, however the Company continues to take action to reduce the negative effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on its operations through various cost cutting initiatives including reductions to support personnel, temporary salary reductions, and elimination of other non-essential spend. Should the impact from the pandemic go on for an extended period of time, management has developed further plans to partially mitigate the impact of the pandemic.

 

On March 27, 2020, President Trump signed into law the “Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act.” The CARES Act, among other things, includes provisions relating to refundable payroll tax credits, deferment of employer side social security payments, net operating loss carryback periods, alternative minimum tax credit refunds, modifications to the net interest deduction limitations, increased limitations on qualified charitable contributions, and technical corrections to tax depreciation methods for qualified improvement property. It also appropriated funds for the SBA Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) loans that are forgivable in certain situations to promote continued employment, as well as Economic Injury Disaster Loans to provide liquidity to small businesses harmed by COVID-19.

 

On May 12, 2020, Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into a note (the “May 12 Note”) with Newton Federal Bank (the “Bank”), pursuant to the PPP of the CARES Act administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”). The principal amount of the May 12 Note is $10,000.

 

In accordance with the requirements of the CARES Act, the Company and Monroe Staffing (collectively, the “May 12 Note Borrowers”) intends to use the proceeds from the May 12 Note in accordance with the requirements of the PPP to cover certain qualified expenses, including payroll costs, rent and utility costs. Interest accrues on the May 12 Note at the rate of 1.00% per annum. The May 12 Note Borrowers may apply for forgiveness of the amount due under the May 12 Note, in an amount equal to the sum of qualified expenses under the PPP. The May 12 Note Borrowers intend to use the entire proceeds under the May 12 Note for such qualifying expenses.

 

Subject to any forgiveness under the PPP, the May 12 Note matures two years following the date of issuance of the May 12 Note and includes a period for the first six months during which time required payments of interest and principal are deferred. Beginning on the eleventh month following the date of the May 12 Note, the May 12 Note Borrowers are required to make 14 monthly payments of principal and interest. The May 12 Note may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. The May 12 Note provides for customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to breaches of obligations under the May 12 Note, including a failure to make payments, any bankruptcy or similar proceedings involving the May 12 Note Borrowers, and certain material effects on the May 12 Note Borrowers’ ability to repay the May 12 Note. The May 12 Note Borrowers did not provide any collateral or guarantees for the May 12 Note.

 

On May 20, 2020, Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”), Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (“LH”) and Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC (“SG”), each a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into the following notes, each dated May 20, 2020, with the Bank, pursuant to the PPP of the CARES Act administered by the SBA. KRI entered into a note (the “KRI Note”) for the principal amount of approximately $5,443, LH entered into a note (the “LH Note”) for the principal amount of approximately $1,890, and SG entered into a note (the “SG Note,” and, together with the KRI Note and LH Note, the “May 20 Notes”) for the principal amount of approximately $2,063. The combined total of the May 20 Notes is approximately $9,395.

 

F-9
 

 

In accordance with the requirements of the CARES Act, the Company, KRI, LH and SG (collectively, the “May 20 Note Borrowers”) intends to use the proceeds from the May 20 Notes in accordance with the requirements of the PPP to cover certain qualified expenses, including payroll costs, rent and utility costs. Interest accrues on each of the May 20 Notes at the rate of 1.00% per annum. The May 20 Note Borrowers may apply for forgiveness of the amount due under the May 20 Notes, in an amount equal to the sum of qualified expenses under the PPP. The May 20 Note Borrowers intend to use the entire proceeds under the May 20 Notes for such qualifying expenses.

 

Subject to any forgiveness under the PPP, each of the May 20 Notes mature two years following the date of issuance of the May 20 Notes and include a period for the first six months during which time required payments of interest and principal are deferred. Beginning on the eleventh month following the date of each of the May 20 Notes, the May 20 Note Borrowers are required to make 14 monthly payments of principal and interest. Based upon these payment terms the Company has recognized $6,927 of the PPP loan as a short-term obligation and $12,468 as long term. The May 20 Notes may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. The May 20 Notes provide for customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to breaches of obligations under the May 20 Notes, including a failure to make payments, any bankruptcy or similar proceedings involving the Borrowers, and certain material effects on the Borrowers’ ability to repay the May 20 Notes. The May 20 Note Borrowers did not provide any collateral or guarantees for the May 20 Notes.

 

The application for these funds required the Company to certify in good faith that the current economic uncertainty made the loan request necessary to support the ongoing operations of the Company. This certification further required the Company to take into account our current business activity and our ability to access other sources of liquidity sufficient to support ongoing operations in a manner that is not significantly detrimental to the business. The Company made this good faith assertion based upon the adverse impact the COVID-19 pandemic had on our business and the degree of uncertainty introduced to the capital markets. While the Company has made this assertion in good faith based upon all available guidance, management will continue to assess their continued qualification if and when updated guidance is released by the Treasury Department.

 

All or a portion of the PPP Loan may be forgiven by the SBA upon application by the Company beginning 60 days but not later than 120 days after loan approval and upon documentation of expenditures in accordance with the SBA requirements. Under the CARES Act, loan forgiveness is available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered rent payments, covered mortgage interest and covered utilities during the eight-week period beginning on the date of loan approval. For purposes of the CARES Act, payroll costs exclude compensation of an individual employee in excess of $100, prorated annually. Not more than 40% of the forgiven amount may be for non-payroll costs. Forgiveness is reduced if full-time headcount declines, or if salaries and wages for employees with salaries of $100 or less annually are reduced by more than 25%. The ultimate forgiveness of the PPP loan is also predicated upon regulatory authorities concurring with management’s good faith assessment that the current economic uncertainty made the loan request necessary to support ongoing operations. If, despite the Company’s good-faith belief that given the circumstances the Company satisfied all eligibility requirements for the PPP Loan, the Company is later determined to have violated any applicable laws or regulations or it is otherwise determined that the Company was ineligible to receive the PPP Loan, the Company may be required to repay the PPP Loan in its entirety and/or be subject to additional penalties. In the event the PPP Loan, or any portion thereof, is forgiven pursuant to the PPP, the amount forgiven is applied to outstanding principal.

 

Effective March 27, 2020, the Company is deferring Federal Insurance Contributions Act taxes under the CARES Act section 2302. Payment of these tax deferrals of $2,473 and $2,473 are delayed to December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2022, respectively.

 

Acquisitions

 

Clement May Acquisition

 

On June 28, 2018, the Company and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (formerly known as Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into share purchase agreements (“Share Purchase Agreements”) to acquire all of the share capital of Clement May Limited (“CML”.) Consideration for the acquisition of all the shares was (i) an aggregate cash payment of £1,550 ($2,047), (ii) 15,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, (iii) an earn-out payment of up to £500, the amount to be calculated and paid on or around January 2, 2021 pursuant to the Share Purchase Agreement, and (iv) deferred consideration of £350, to be paid on or around June 28, 2019, depending on the satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in that Share Purchase Agreement. To finance the above acquisition, the Company entered into a term loan with HSBC Bank plc. The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was fully paid in December 2019.

 

F-10
 

 

Key Resources Inc. Acquisition

 

On August 27, 2018, the Company and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC (“Monroe Staffing”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a share purchase agreement with Pamela D. Whitaker (“Seller”), pursuant to which the Seller sold 100% of the common shares of Key Resources Inc. (“KRI”) to Monroe Staffing (the “KRI Transaction”.)

 

The KRI Transaction closed simultaneously with the signing of the share purchase agreement. The purchase price in connection with the KRI Transaction was approximately $12,163, of which (a) approximately $8,109 was paid to the Seller at closing, (b) up to approximately $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2019 and (c) up to $2,027 is payable as earnout consideration to the Seller on August 27, 2020. The payment of the earnout consideration is contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts.

 

To finance the KRI Transaction, the Company entered into an agreement with Jackson Investment Group, LLC (“Jackson”) on August 27, 2018, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended to add an additional senior debt investment of approximately $8,428. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company shall pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019. In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020, to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of January 2, 2021, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than offsets the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $30 in Fiscal 2019 and $40 in Fiscal 2020.

 

Divesture of Business

 

On September 24, 2020, the Company and Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC d/b/a firstPRO, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Seller”), entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”) with firstPRO Recruitment, LLC (the “Buyer”), pursuant to which the Seller sold to the Buyer substantially all of the Seller’s assets used in or related to the operation or conduct of its professional staffing and recruiting business in Georgia (the “Assets,” and such sale, the “firstPRO Transaction”.) The Buyer is a former employee of Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC d/b/a firstPRO.

 

In addition, the Buyer has agreed to assume certain liabilities related to the Assets. The purchase price in connection with the firstPRO Transaction was $3,300, of which (a) $1,220 was paid at closing (the “Initial Payment”) and (b) $2,080 was held in a separate escrow account (the “Escrow Funds”), which will be released upon receipt of the forgiveness of the Company’s PPP loan by the U.S. Small Business Administration (the “SBA”.) In the event that all or any portion of the PPP Loan is not forgiven by the SBA, all or portion of the Escrow Funds will be used to repay any unforgiven portion of the PPP Loan in full. The firstPRO Transaction closed on September 24, 2020. In September, the Company submitted the PPP Loan forgiveness applications to the SBA. The Monroe Staffing PPP loan forgiveness status was recently changed from pending to under review. Under review status is the last stage before forgiveness or rejection. All other PPP loans within the Company remain in pending status. As of the date of this filing, the PPP Loan has not been approved for forgiveness, and there is no guarantee that all or portion of the PPP Loan will be forgiven. As of January 2, 2021, the escrow funds of $2,080 are presented as restricted cash.

 

The Asset Purchase Agreement contains non-competition and non-solicitation provisions customary for agreements of this type. In addition, under the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify the Buyer against certain liabilities, subject to certain conditions and limitations as set forth in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

 

In connection with execution of the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries entered into a Consent Agreement (the “Consent”) with Jackson, a noteholder under the Existing Note Purchase Agreement. Under the terms of the Consent and the Certificate of Designation of the Company’s Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”), in consideration for Jackson’s consent to the firstPRO Transaction, the Initial Payment was used to redeem 1,300 shares of the Series E Preferred Stock. The Escrow Funds of $2,080, subject to the forgiveness of the PPP Loan discussed above, will be used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock. The $2,080 is recorded as Contingently Redeemable series E Preferred Stock.

 

To induce the Buyer to enter into the Asset Purchase Agreement, the Company also entered into a Transition Services Agreement with the Buyer, pursuant to which each party will provide certain transition services such as payrolling through to year end 2020 to minimize any disruption to the businesses of the Seller and the Buyer arising from the firstPRO Transaction.

 

F-11
 

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costs and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from its estimates. To the extent there are material differences between estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected. Significant estimates for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 include the valuation of intangible assets, including goodwill, liabilities associated with earn-out obligations, testing long-lived assets for impairment and valuation reserves against deferred tax assets.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC 606, the core principle of which is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve this core principle, five basic criteria must be met before revenue can be recognized: (1) identify the contract with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when or as the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

 

The Company accounts for revenues when both parties to the contract have approved the contract, the rights and obligations of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, and collectability of consideration is probable. Payment terms vary by client and the services offered.

 

The Company has primarily two main forms of revenue – temporary contractor revenue and permanent placement revenue. Temporary contractor revenue is accounted for as a single performance obligation satisfied over time because the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the Company’s performance on an hourly basis. The contracts stipulate weekly billing and the Company has elected the “as invoiced” practical expedient to recognize revenue based on the hours incurred at the contractual rate as we have the right to payment in an amount that corresponds directly with the value of performance completed to date. Permanent placement revenue is recognized on the date the candidate’s full-time employment with the customer has commenced. The customer is invoiced on the start date, and the contract stipulates payment due under varying terms, typically 30 days. The contract with the customer stipulates a guarantee period whereby the customer may be refunded if the employee is terminated within a short period of time, however this has historically been infrequent, and immaterial upon occurrence. As such, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied upon commencement of the employment, at which point control has transferred to the customer. Revenue in Fiscal 2020 was comprised of $198,066 of temporary contractor revenue and $6,461 of permanent placement revenue, compared with $266,974 and $11,504 for Fiscal 2019, respectively. Refer to Note 14 for further details on breakdown by segments.

 

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Agencies

 

The Company records taxes on customer transactions due to governmental agencies as a receivable and a liability on the consolidated balance sheets. Sales taxes are recorded net on the consolidated statement of operations.

 

Advertising Costs

 

Costs for advertising are expensed when incurred. Advertising expenses for the Company were $1,302 and $1,365 for Fiscal 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Legal Contingencies and Expenses

 

From time to time, the Company may become involved in various claims, disputes and legal or regulatory proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business and relate to contractual and other obligations. The Company assesses its potential contingent and other liabilities by analyzing its claims, disputes and legal and regulatory matters using all available information and developing its views on estimated losses in consultation with its legal and other advisors. The Company determines whether a loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. If the contingency is not probable or cannot be reasonably estimated, disclosure of the contingency shall be made when there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. Expenses associated with legal contingencies are expensed as incurred.

 

Restructuring Charges

 

The Company records a liability for significant costs associated with exit or disposal activities, including lease termination costs, certain employee severance costs associated with formal restructuring plans, facility closings or other similar activities and related asset impairments, when the liability is incurred.

 

F-12
 

 

The determination of when the Company accrues for severance and related costs depends on whether the termination benefits are provided under a one-time benefit arrangement or under an ongoing benefit arrangement. Where the Company has either a formal severance plan or a history of consistently providing severance benefits representing a substantive plan, it recognizes severance costs when they are both probable and estimable. Costs associated with restructuring actions that include one-time severance benefits are only recorded once a liability has been incurred, including when management with the proper level of authority has committed to a restructuring plan and the plan has been communicated to employees. These charges are included in operational restructuring and other charges on the consolidated statements of operations. Other charges include knowledge transfer costs directly related to the restructuring initiatives and are expensed as incurred.

 

The Briand Separation Agreement

 

Matthew Briand, the Company’s former employee, board member and officer, resigned from his positions with the Company and subsidiaries. The Company entered into an agreement (the “Briand Separation Agreement”) with Mr. Briand dated December 21, 2017, with an effective date (“Separation Date”) of January 31, 2018, pursuant to which Mr. Briand may provide advisory services, if requested by the Company, through the effective date. The Company paid approximately $190 and $690 in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, to Mr. Briand, in full settlement of his separation agreement.

 

The Faiman Separation Agreement

 

On September 11, 2019, David Faiman, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, and the Company entered into an agreement whereby Mr. Faiman agreed to transition his position and responsibilities with the Company (“Faiman Separation Agreement”), and Mr. Faiman’s Employment Agreement, dated February 5, 2016, was terminated.

 

Under the terms of the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman will continue as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer, including acting as the Company’s principal financial officer, for a period lasting until the earlier of (i) December 31, 2019 and (ii) either (a) such date that is a reasonable time, as determined by the Company, prior to the commencement of a new position by Mr. Faiman, or (b) upon the Company’s termination of Mr. Faiman’s obligation to provide transition services for Cause.

 

Pursuant to the Faiman Separation Agreement, Mr. Faiman will be entitled to receive, among other things, (i) pay in an amount equal to his base salary through the separation date, payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll policies, (ii) continuation of Mr. Faiman’s current Company-sponsored employee benefits through the separation date, (iii) accelerated vesting of any outstanding equity awards held by Mr. Faiman and the elimination of any obligations to forfeit such awards upon the termination of Mr. Faiman’s employment (provided that no award shall be extended beyond its original term) and (iv) a positive reference from the management of the Company. Effective January 1, 2020, Mr. Faiman was no longer with the Company. The Company recognized approximately $190 in severance costs related to Mr. Faiman and paid $91 in the fiscal year ended 2020.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired, to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents held at financial institutions may at times exceed federally insured amounts. We believe we mitigate such risk by investing in or through major financial institutions. The Company had no cash equivalents at the end of Fiscal 2020 or Fiscal 2019.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses. The Company reviews the accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including the age of the balance, a customer’s historical payment history, its current creditworthiness and current economic trends. Accounts are written off after all efforts to collect have been exhausted. As of the end of Fiscal 2020 and the end of Fiscal 2019, the Company had an allowance for doubtful accounts of $62 and $210, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company utilizes Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 740, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rates applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

F-13
 

 

The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10-50, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes,” which provides clarification related to the process associated with accounting for uncertain tax positions recognized in the financial statements. Audit periods remain open for review until the statute of limitations has passed. The completion of review or the expiration of the statute of limitations for a given audit period could result in an adjustment to the Company’s liability for income taxes. Any such adjustment could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any given quarterly or annual period based, in part, upon the results of operations for the given period. As of the date of this filing, the Company is current on all corporate, federal and state tax returns. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

Assets and liabilities of subsidiaries operating in foreign countries are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date and equity is translated at historical rate. Results of operations are translated using average exchange rates. The effects of exchange rate fluctuations on translating foreign currency assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars are included in a separate component of stockholders’ equity (accumulated other comprehensive income), while gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in operations.

 

Deferred Financing Costs

 

Costs incurred in connection with obtaining certain financing are deferred and amortized on an effective interest method basis over the term of the related obligation. In accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03, “Imputation of Interest – Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs,” debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability are presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the debt liability, consistent with the presentation of a debt discount.

 

Business Combinations

 

In accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” the Company records acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting, under which the acquisition purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values. The Company utilizes management estimates and, in some instances, may retain the services of an independent third-party valuation firm to assist in determining the fair values of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration granted. Such estimates and valuations require us to make significant assumptions, including projections of future events and operating performance.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

In accordance with ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” the Company measures and accounts for certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. ASC 820 establishes a common definition for fair value to be applied to existing generally accepted accounting principles that require the use of fair value measurements, and establishes a framework for measuring fair value and standards for disclosure about such fair value measurements.

 

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. These inputs are prioritized below:

 

Level 1:Observable inputs such as quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2:Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data
Level 3:Unobservable inputs for which there is little or no market data, which require the use of the reporting entity’s own assumptions.

 

There were no Level 1or 2 assets or liabilities or Level 3 assets in any period. The Company’s Level 3 liabilities were its warrants issued to Jackson and contingent consideration in connection with acquisitions. The Company had accounted for the warrants issued to Jackson as a liability under ASC 815-40 due to certain anti-dilution protection provisions. On April 25, 2018, the Company and Jackson amended the Warrant to remove the anti-dilution clauses. No economic terms were adjusted. These clauses were the basis for recording the warrants as a liability. Therefore, upon execution of this amendment, the Company recorded a mark-to-market gain and reclassed the remaining liability to Additional paid-in capital.

 

F-14
 

 

The table below represents a rollforward of the Level 3 warrant liability and contingent consideration:

 

  

Contingent

Consideration

 
Balance at December 29, 2018 $9,731 
CBS Butler earnout payment  (3,930)
CBS Butler gain on settlement of earnout  (1,077)
KRI deferred consideration  408 
Clement May earnout  (656)
Change in fair value  (537)
Balance at December 28, 2019 $3,939 
KRI deferred consideration  115 
Balance at January 2, 2021 $4,054 

 

Cash is considered to be highly liquid and easily tradable and therefore classified as Level 1 within our fair value hierarchy.

 

ASC 825-10-25, “Fair Value Option” expands opportunities to use fair value measurements in financial reporting and permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company did not elect the fair value options for any of its qualifying financial instruments.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for each category as follows:

 

Computers 3-5 years
Computer equipment 3-5 years
Network equipment 3-5 years
Software 3-5 years
Office equipment 3-7 years
Furniture and fixtures 3-7 years
Leasehold improvements 3-5 years

 

Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements are capitalized.

 

At the time of retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gains or losses are reflected in Other income/(expenses.)

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with ASC 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment,” the Company periodically reviews its long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the sum of expected undiscounted future cash flows will not be sufficient to recover an asset’s carrying amount. The amount of impairment is measured as the difference between the estimated fair value and the book value of the underlying asset.

 

Goodwill

 

Goodwill relates to amounts that arose in connection with various acquisitions and represents the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the identifiable intangible and tangible net assets when accounted for using the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill is not amortized, but it is subject to periodic review for impairment. Events that would indicate impairment and trigger an interim impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, current economic and market conditions, a decline in the equity value of the business, a significant adverse change in certain agreements that would materially affect reported operating results, business climate or operational performance of the business and an adverse action or assessment by a regulator.

 

In accordance with ASU No. 2011-08, Intangibles-Goodwill and Other (Topic 350) Testing Goodwill for Impairment, or ASU 2011-08, the Company is required to review goodwill by reporting unit for impairment at least annually or more often if there are indicators of impairment present. During the year ended January 2, 2021 the Company changed its annual measurement date from the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter to the last day of the fiscal year end. A reporting unit is either the equivalent of, or one level below, an operating segment. The Company early adopted the provisions in ASU 2017-04, which eliminates the second step of the goodwill impairment test. As a result, the Company’s goodwill impairment tests include only one step, which is a comparison of the carrying value of each reporting unit to its fair value, and any excess carrying value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit, is impaired.

 

F-15
 

 

The carrying value of each reporting unit is based on the assignment of the appropriate assets and liabilities to each reporting unit. Assets and liabilities were assigned to each reporting unit if the assets or liabilities are employed in the operations of the reporting unit and the asset and liability is considered in the determination of the reporting unit fair value.

 

Convertible Instruments

 

The Company evaluates and accounts for conversion options embedded in its convertible instruments in accordance with ASC 815, “Derivative and Hedging.”

 

Accounting standards generally provides three criteria that, if met, require companies to bifurcate conversion options from their host instruments and account for them as free-standing derivative financial instruments. These three criteria include circumstances in which (a) the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded derivative instrument are not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics and risks of the host contract, (b) the hybrid instrument that embodies both the embedded derivative instrument and the host contract is not re-measured at fair value under otherwise applicable generally accepted accounting principles with changes in fair value reported in earnings as they occur, and (c) a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative instrument would be considered a derivative instrument. Professional standards also provide an exception to this rule when the host instrument is deemed to be conventional as defined under professional standards as “The Meaning of Conventional Convertible Debt Instrument.”

 

The Company accounts for convertible instruments (when it has determined that the embedded conversion options should not be bifurcated from their host instruments) in accordance with professional standards when “Accounting for Convertible Securities with Beneficial Conversion Features,” as those professional standards pertain to “Certain Convertible Instruments.” Accordingly, the Company records, when necessary, discounts to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Original issue discounts (“OID”) under these arrangements are amortized over the term of the related debt to their earliest date of redemption. The Company also records when necessary deemed dividends for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in preferred shares based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note.

 

ASC 815-40 provides that, among other things, generally, if an event is not within the entity’s control and could require net cash settlement, then the contract shall be classified as an asset or a liability.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation – Stock Compensation,” which requires companies to recognize in the statement of operations the grant-date fair value of stock options and other equity-based compensation issued to employees. The Company accounts for non-employee share-based awards in accordance with ASC Topic 505-50, “Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees.”

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

  

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, which simplifies the guidance on the issuer’s accounting for convertible debt instruments by removing the separation models for (1) convertible debt with a cash conversion feature and (2) convertible instruments with a beneficial conversion feature. As a result, entities will not separately present in equity an embedded conversion feature in such debt and will account for a convertible debt instrument wholly as debt, unless certain other conditions are met. The elimination of these models will reduce reported interest expense and increase reported net income for entities that have issued a convertible instrument that is within the scope of ASU 2020-06. Also, ASU 2020-06 requires the application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share and treasury stock method will be no longer available. ASU 2020-06 is applicable for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, with early adoption permitted no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is still contemplating early adoption and continues to evaluate the impact of the provisions of ASU 2020-06 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

On December 31, 2019, the FASB issued ASC 2019-12 “Income Taxes: Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes” (Topic 740.) The amendments in this update simplify the accounting for income taxes by removing the certain exceptions. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for (1) public business entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) all other entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. An entity that elects to early adopt the amendments in an interim period should reflect any adjustments as of the beginning of the annual period that includes that interim period. Additionally, an entity that elects early adoption must adopt all the amendments in the same period. The Company will adopt the guidance when it becomes effective.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”.) This standard requires an impairment model (known as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model) that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, each reporting entity should estimate an allowance for expected credit losses, which is intended to result in more timely recognition of losses. This model replaces multiple existing impairment models in current U.S. GAAP, which generally requires a loss to be incurred before it is recognized. The new standard applies to trade receivables arising from revenue transactions such as contract assets and accounts receivable. Under ASC 606, revenue is recognized when, among other criteria, it is probable that an entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to when goods or services are transferred to a customer. When trade receivables are recorded, they become subject to the CECL model and estimates of expected credit losses on trade receivables over their contractual life will be required to be recorded at inception based on historical information, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. This guidance is effective for smaller reporting companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022, including the interim periods in the year. Early adoption is permitted. The Company will adopt the guidance when it becomes effective.

 

F-16
 

 

NOTE 3 – LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

 

The Company utilizes the guidance per ASC 260, “Earnings per Share.” Basic earnings per share are calculated by dividing income/loss available to stockholders by the weighted average number of common stock shares outstanding during each period. Our Series A preferred stockholders receive certain dividends or dividend equivalents that are considered participating securities and our loss per share is computed using the two-class method. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common stock shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. Dilutive common stock share equivalents consist of common shares issuable upon the conversion of preferred stock, certain equity awards and the exercise of stock options and warrants (calculated using the modified treasury stock method.) Such securities, shown below, presented on a common share equivalent basis and outstanding as of the end of Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, have been excluded from the per share computations since their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Warrants  1,576,879   925,935 
Long term incentive plan (LTIP)  155,000   365,000 
Options  76,500   76,500 
Convertible preferred shares  12,443,000   7,785,766 
Restricted shares - unvested  77,815   590,440 
Total  14,329,194   9,743,641 

 

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
Computer software $471  $342 
Office equipment  1,115   1,043 
Computer equipment  1,160   1,195 
Furniture and fixtures  1,123   1,312 
Leasehold improvements  713   965 
Total property and equipment, gross  4,582   4,857 
Accumulated depreciation  (3,516)  (3,329)
Total property and equipment, net $1,066  $1,528 

 

Depreciation expense for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 was $595 and $643, respectively.

 

NOTE 5 – OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS

 

The following provides a breakdown of other non-current assets:

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
Collateral associated with workers’ compensation insurance $3,134  $3,204 
Other non-current assets  34   19 
Total $3,168  $3,223 

 

F-17
 

 

NOTE 6 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The following provides a breakdown of intangible assets as of:

 

  January 2, 2021 
  Tradenames  Non-Compete  

Customer

Relationships

  Total 
Intangible assets, gross $9,582   2,500   21,810   33,892 
Accumulated amortization  (4,283)  (2,440)  (11,152)  (17,875)
Intangible assets, net $5,299   60   10,658   16,017 

 

  December 28, 2019 
  Tradenames  Non-Compete  

Customer

Relationships

  Total 
Intangible assets, gross $9,458  $2,488  $22,757  $34,703 
Accumulated amortization  (3,558)  (2,349)  (9,285)  (15,192)
Intangible assets, net $5,900  $139  $13,472  $19,511 

 

On September 24, 2020, the Company entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement with firstPRO Recruitment, LLC, pursuant to which the Company sold to firstPRO Recruitment, LLC. substantially all of the Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC assets used in or related to the operation or conduct of its professional staffing and recruiting business. As a result of the sale, the Company wrote off gross intangibles of $2,660 and accumulated amortization of $1,352.

 

As of January 2, 2021, estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:

 

Fiscal year ended December Amount 
2021 $2,302 
2022  2,254 
2023  2,254 
2024  2,254 
2025  2,184 
Thereafter  4,769 
Total $16,017 

 

Amortization of intangible assets for the period ended Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 was $2,523 and $2,726, respectively. The weighted average useful life remaining of intangible assets remaining is 7 years.

 

NOTE 7 – GOODWILL

 

The following table provides a roll forward of goodwill:

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
Beginning balance, gross $31,049  $38,139 
Accumulated impairment losses  (2,969)  (6,078)
Beginning balance, net  28,080   32,061 
Disposition of business  (1,577)   
Currency translation adjustment  542   (1,012)
Ending balance, net $27,045  $31,049 

 

Goodwill by reportable segment is as follows:

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
Professional Staffing - US $6,222  $10,527 
Commercial Staffing - US  5,860   6,102 
Professional Staffing - UK  14,963   14,420 
Ending balance, net $27,045  $31,049 

 

F-18
 

 

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350, requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment) on an annual basis and between annual tests when circumstances indicate that the recoverability of the carrying amount of goodwill may be in doubt. During the first quarter of 2020 the Company identified a triggering event in response the COVID-19 pandemic. In accordance with ASC 350 the Company tested its goodwill for impairment and the Company recognized an impairment with respect to its firstPRO reporting unit of $2,969. The impairment resulted from a continued decline in that reporting unit’s revenue which experienced significant and prolonged declines as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. To determine the impairment, the Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples), income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) and prevailing market conditions to derive the fair value of the reporting unit. Under ASU 2017-04, which the Company early adopted, the impairment amount represents the excess of the carrying value over the fair value of the reporting unit.

 

During the year ended January 2, 2021 the Company changed its measurement date from the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter to the last day of the fiscal year end. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test and no impairment was recognized. To estimate the fair value of the reporting units the Company employed a combination of market approach (valuations using comparable company multiples) and income approach (discounted cash flow analysis) to derive the fair value of the reporting unit when performing its annual impairment testing. Volatility in the Company’s stock price can result in the net book value of our reporting unit approximating, or even temporarily exceeding market capitalization, however, the fair value of our reporting unit is not driven solely by the market price of our stock. As described above, fair value of our reporting unit is derived using a combination of an asset approach, an income approach and a market approach. These valuation techniques consider several other factors beyond our market capitalization, such as the estimated future cash flows of our reporting units, the discount rate used to present value such cash flows and the market multiples of comparable companies. Changes to input assumptions used in the analysis could result in materially different evaluations of goodwill impairment.

 

NOTE 8 – ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

The following provides a breakdown of accounts payable and accrued expenses:

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
Accounts payable $28  $1,412 
Accrued payroll, taxes and bonuses  12,913   12,700 
Severance costs     190 
Other accrued expenses  2,089   2,275 
Total $15,030  $16,577 

 

NOTE 9 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE FINANCING

 

Midcap Funding [X] Trust

 

Prior to September 15, 2017, certain U.S. subsidiaries of the Company were parties to a $25,000 revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding X Trust (“MidCap”), with the option to increase the amount by an additional $25,000, with a maturity of April 8, 2019. The facility provided for borrowing of 85% against eligible receivables and carried an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0%, with a LIBOR floor of 1.0% per annum. The Company could prepay all or any portion of the balance at any time subject to a prepayment premium of: (i) 2.0% if prepaid in the first year of the loan; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. This loan is secured by a first priority lien in favor of MidCap on all of the Company’s US based assets except for the CSI assets. The Company entered into customary pledge and guaranty agreements to evidence the security interest in favor of MidCap.

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company amended the facility with Midcap to allow for additional borrowing against unbilled receivables up to 85% with a cap of $1,300 borrowing against such receivables. In addition, the maturity date of the facility was extended to April 8, 2020 and the prepayment premiums reset to: (i) 2% if prepaid in the first or second year post the amendment; and (ii) 1.0% if prepaid thereafter. No other material terms were amended on this date.

 

F-19
 

 

On August 2, 2019, the Company amended the facility with Midcap to allow for additional borrowing against the unbilled receivables by $1,000 to a cap of $2,300 and extended the maturity of the facility to August 2020.

 

On October 26, 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No. 17 to Credit and Security Agreement with MidCap, whereby, among other things, MidCap agreed to extend the maturity date of our outstanding asset based revolving loan until September 1, 2022. In addition, the Company also agreed to certain amendments to the financial covenants.

The facility provides events of default including: (i) failure to make payment of principal or interest on any MidCap loans when required, (ii) failure to perform obligations under the facility and related documents, (iii) not paying its debts as such debts become due and similar insolvency matters, and (iv) material adverse changes to the Company (subject to a 10-day notice and cure period.) Upon an event of default, the Company’s obligations under the credit facility may, or in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy will automatically, be accelerated. Upon the occurrence of any event of default, facility will bear interest at a rate equal to the lesser of: (i) 3.0% above the rate of interest applicable to such obligations immediately prior to the occurrence of the event of default; and (ii) the maximum rate allowable under law.

 

Under the terms of this agreement, the Company is subject to affirmative covenants which are customary for financings of this type, including: (i) maintain good standing and governmental authorizations, (ii) provide certain information and notices to MidCap, (iii) deliver monthly reports and quarterly financial statements to MidCap, (iv) maintain insurance, (v) discharge all taxes, (vi) protect their intellectual property, and (vii) generally protect the collateral granted to MidCap. The Company is also subject to negative covenants customary for financings of this type, including that it may not: (i) enter into a merger or consolidation or certain change of control events, (ii) incur liens on the collateral, (iii) except for certain permitted acquisitions, acquire any significant assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (iv) assume certain additional senior debt, or (v) amend any of their organizational documents.

 

The balance of the Midcap Facility as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019 was $14,842 and $17,298, respectively, and is included in Accounts receivable financing on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd – New Facility

 

On February 8, 2018, CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group, entered into a new arrangement with HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Ltd (“HSBC”) which provides for HSBC to purchase the subsidiaries’ accounts receivable up to an aggregate amount of £11,500 ($15,724) across all three subsidiaries. The terms of the arrangement provide for HSBC to fund 90% of the purchased accounts receivable upfront and, a secured borrowing line of 70% of unbilled receivables capped at £1,000 ($1,367) (within the overall aggregate total facility of £11,500 ($15,724).) The arrangement has an initial term of 12 months, with an automatic rolling three-month extension and carries a service charge of 1.80%.

 

On June 28, 2018, CML, the Company’s new subsidiary entered into a new agreement with a minimum term of 12 months for purchase of debt (“APD”) with HSBC, joining CBS Butler, Staffing 360 Solutions Limited and The JM Group (collectively, with CML, the “Borrowers”) as “Connected Clients” as defined in the APD. The new Connected Client APDs carry an aggregate Facility Limit of £20,000 across all Borrowers. The obligations of the Borrowers are secured by a fixed charge and a floating charge on the Borrowers’ respective accounts receivable and are subject to cross-company guarantees among the Borrowers. In addition, the secured borrowing line against unbilled receivables was increased to £1,500 for a period of 90 days. In July 2019, the aggregate Facility Limit was extended to £22,500 across all Borrowers.

 

Under ASU 2016-16, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230, Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force), the upfront portion of the sale of accounts receivable is classified within operating activities, while the deferred purchase price portion (or beneficial interest), once collected, is classified within investing activities.

 

NOTE 10 – DEBT

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
Jackson Investment Group - related party $33,880  $38,278 
PPP Loans  19,395   - 
HSBC Term Loan  2,094   1,035 
Total Debt, Gross  55,369   39,313 
Less: Debt Discount and Deferred Financing Costs, Net  (559)  (497)
Total Debt, Net  54,810   38,816 
Less: Non-Current Portion  (39,943)  (360)
Total Current Debt, Net $14,867  $38,456 

 

F-20
 

 

Jackson Note – Related Party

 

On September 15, 2017, the Company entered into a $40,000 note agreement with Jackson (the “2017 Jackson Note”.) The proceeds of the sale of the 2017 Jackson Note were used to repay the existing subordinated notes previously issued to Jackson pursuant to the existing note purchase agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $11,165 and to fund a portion of the purchase price consideration of the firstPRO Acquisition and the CBS Butler Acquisition and repay certain other outstanding indebtedness of the Company. The maturity date for the amounts due under the 2017 Jackson Note was September 15, 2020. The 2017 Jackson Note will accrue interest at 12% per annum, due quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 in each year, with the first such payment due on January 1, 2018. Interest on any overdue payment of principal or interest due under the 2017 Jackson Note will accrue at a rate per annum that is 5% in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable thereunder.

 

On August 27, 2018, Company entered into an amended agreement with Jackson, pursuant to which the note purchase agreement dated as of September 15, 2017 was amended and made a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428. Terms of the additional investment are the same as the 2017 Jackson Note. From the proceeds of the additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280 and legal fees of $39 and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock as a closing commitment fee.

 

On August 29, 2019, the Company entered into a Fourth Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, as lender, which, among other things, amends that certain Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2017, as amended (the “Existing Note Purchase Agreement”.) Pursuant to the Existing Note Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to issue and sell to Jackson that certain 18% Senior Secured Note due December 31, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $2,538 (the “2019 Jackson Note”.) All accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the 2019 Jackson Note was due and payable monthly on the first day of each month, beginning on October 1, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the 2019 Jackson Note, if the 2019 Jackson Note was not repaid by December 31, 2019, the Company was required to issue 100,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson on a monthly basis until the 2019 Jackson Note is fully repaid, subject to certain exceptions to comply with Nasdaq listing standards. The Company booked additional expense of $324 related to the issuances of 500,000 shares of common stock to Jackson in 2020. The Company paid the 2019 Jackson Note in full on May 28, 2020.

 

On October 26, 2020, the Company and Jackson entered into the Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement (the “Amended Note Purchase Agreement”) and the Amended and Restated Senior Secured 12% Promissory Note (the “2020 Jackson Note”), which amended and restated the Existing Note Purchase Agreement. The Amended Note Purchase Agreement refinanced an aggregate of $35.7 million of debt provided by Jackson, extending the maturity to September 30, 2022. In connection with the amendment and restatement, the Company paid Jackson an amendment fee of $488. The Company accounted for the Amended Note Purchase Agreement as a modification of the debt. Accordingly, fees totaling $488 paid to Jackson as well as the modification of 905,508 warrants from a strike price of $1.66 to $1.00 and extension of expiration date of January 26, 2024 to January 26, 2026, resulting in a fair value adjustment of $126, were recorded as additional debt discount which will be amortized over the term of the 2020 Jackson Note using the effective interest method.

 

Under the terms of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and the 2020 Jackson Note, the Company is required to pay interest on the debt at a per annum rate of 12%. The interest is payable monthly in cash; provided that, the Company may elect to pay up to 50% of monthly interest in-kind (“PIK Interest”) by adding such PIK Interest to the outstanding principal balance of the 2020 Jackson Note. For any month that the Company elects to pay interest in-kind, the Company is required to pay Jackson a fee in shares of our common stock (“PIK Fee Shares”) in an amount equal to $25 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq, of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares of common stock are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. For the period of November 2020 through and including March 2021, each monthly interest due and payable shall be reduced by $166, and for the period commencing May 2021 through and including September 2021, each monthly interest due and payable shall be increased by $166.

 

Under the terms of the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, the Company is required to make a mandatory prepayment of the principal amount of the 2020 Jackson Note of not less than $3,000 no later January 31, 2021. Payments were made in December 2020 and January 2021 totaling $3,029 in full satisfaction of the mandatory prepayment. The entire outstanding principal balance of the 2020 Jackson Note shall be due and payable on September 30, 2022. The debt continues to be secured by substantially all of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries’ assets pursuant to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement with Jackson, dated September 15, 2017.

 

The Amended Note Purchase Agreement includes certain financial customary covenants, including a leverage ratio covenant. Delivery of financial covenants will commence with the fiscal month ending March 2021.

 

F-21
 

 

PPP Loans

 

On May 12, 2020, Monroe Staffing, an indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into the May 12 Note with the Bank, pursuant to the PPP of the CARES Act administered by the SBA. The principal amount of the May 12 Note is $10,000.

 

In accordance with the requirements of the CARES Act, the May 12 Note Borrower intends to use the proceeds from the May 12 Note in accordance with the requirements of the PPP to cover certain qualified expenses, including payroll costs, rent and utility costs. Interest accrues on the May 12 Note at the rate of 1.00% per annum. The May 12 Note Borrowers may apply for forgiveness of the amount due under the May 12 Note, in an amount equal to the sum of qualified expenses under the PPP. The May 12 Note Borrowers intend to use the entire proceeds under the May 12 Note for such qualifying expenses.

 

Subject to any forgiveness under the PPP, the May 12 Note matures two years following the date of issuance of the May 12 Note and includes a period for the first six months during which time required payments of interest and principal are deferred. Beginning on the eleventh month following the date of the May 12 Note, the May 12 Note Borrowers are required to make 14 monthly payments of principal and interest. The May 12 Note may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. The May 12 Note provides for customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to breaches of obligations under the May 12 Note, including a failure to make payments, any bankruptcy or similar proceedings involving the May 12 Note Borrowers, and certain material effects on the May 12 Note Borrowers’ ability to repay the May 12 Note. The May 12 Note Borrowers did not provide any collateral or guarantees for the May 12 Note.

 

On May 20, 2020, KRI, LH and SG, each a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, entered into the following notes, each dated May 20, 2020, with the Bank, pursuant to the PPP of the CARES Act administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration. KRI entered into the KRI Note for the principal amount of approximately $5,443, LH entered into the LH Note for the principal amount of approximately $1,890, and SG entered into the SG Note, and, together May 20 Notes for the principal amount of approximately $2,063. The combined total of the May 20 Notes is approximately $9,395.

 

In accordance with the requirements of the CARES Act, the “May 20 Note Borrowers, intends to use the proceeds from the May 20 Notes in accordance with the requirements of the PPP to cover certain qualified expenses, including payroll costs, rent and utility costs. Interest accrues on each of the May 20 Notes at the rate of 1.00% per annum. The May 20 Note Borrowers may apply for forgiveness of the amount due under the May 20 Notes, in an amount equal to the sum of qualified expenses under the PPP. The May 20 Note Borrowers intend to use the entire proceeds under the May 20 Notes for such qualifying expenses.

 

Subject to any forgiveness under the PPP, each of the May 20 Notes mature two years following the date of issuance of the May 20 Notes and include a period for the first six months during which time required payments of interest and principal are deferred. Beginning on the eleventh month following the date of each of the May 20 Notes, the May 20 Note Borrowers are required to make 14 monthly payments of principal and interest. Based upon these payment terms the Company has recognized $6,927 of the PPP loan as a short-term obligation and $12,468 as long term as of January 2, 2021. The May 20 Notes may be prepaid at any time prior to maturity. The May 20 Notes provide for customary events of default, including, among others, those relating to breaches of obligations under the May 20 Notes, including a failure to make payments, any bankruptcy or similar proceedings involving the Borrowers, and certain material effects on the Borrowers’ ability to repay the May 20 Notes. The May 20 Note Borrowers did not provide any collateral or guarantees for the May 20 Notes.

 

The application for these funds required the Company to certify in good faith that the current economic uncertainty made the loan request necessary to support the ongoing operations of the Company. This certification further required the Company to take into account our current business activity and our ability to access other sources of liquidity sufficient to support ongoing operations in a manner that is not significantly detrimental to the business. The Company made this good faith assertion based upon the adverse impact the COVID-19 pandemic had on our business and the degree of uncertainty introduced to the capital markets. While the Company has made this assertion in good faith based upon all available guidance, management will continue to assess their continued qualification if and when updated guidance is released by the Treasury Department.

 

All or a portion of the PPP Loan may be forgiven by the SBA upon application by the Company beginning 60 days but not later than 120 days after loan approval and upon documentation of expenditures in accordance with the SBA requirements. Under the CARES Act, loan forgiveness is available for the sum of documented payroll costs, covered rent payments, covered mortgage interest and covered utilities during the eight-week period beginning on the date of loan approval. For purposes of the CARES Act, payroll costs exclude compensation of an individual employee in excess of $100, prorated annually. Not more than 40% of the forgiven amount may be for non-payroll costs. Forgiveness is reduced if full-time headcount declines, or if salaries and wages for employees with salaries of $100 or less annually are reduced by more than 25%. The ultimate forgiveness of the PPP loan is also predicated upon regulatory authorities concurring with management’s good faith assessment that the current economic uncertainty made the loan request necessary to support ongoing operations. If, despite the Company’s good-faith belief that given the circumstances the Company satisfied all eligibility requirements for the PPP Loan, the Company is later determined to have violated any applicable laws or regulations or it is otherwise determined that the Company was ineligible to receive the PPP Loan, the Company may be required to repay the PPP Loan in its entirety and/or be subject to additional penalties. In the event the PPP Loan, or any portion thereof, is forgiven pursuant to the PPP, the amount forgiven is applied to outstanding principal. As of the date of this filing, the PPP Loans have not been approved for forgiveness. The Monroe Staffing PPP loan forgiveness status was changed from pending to under review. Under review status is the last stage before forgiveness or rejection.

 

Debt Exchange Agreement

 

On November 15, 2018 the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000 (the “Exchange Amount”) of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (the “Series E Preferred Stock”.)

 

The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 561 shares of common stock of the Company at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock.) A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into the Company’s common stock. Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon.

 

The Series E Preferred Stock carries quarterly dividend rights of (a) cash dividends accruing (i) at an annual rate per share equal to 12% from the date of issuance and (ii) 17% after the occurrence of a Preferred Default, and (b) a dividend payable in shares of Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock. The shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock have all the same terms, preferences and characteristics as the Series E Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the right to receive cash dividends), except (i) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock are mandatorily redeemable by the Company within thirty (30) days after written demand received from any holder at any time after the earlier of the occurrence of a Preferred Default or November 15, 2020, for a cash payment equal to the Liquidation Value (as defined in the Certificate of Designation for the Series E Preferred Stock) plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, (ii) each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock is initially convertible into 602 shares of the Company’s common stock, and (iii) Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock may be cancelled and extinguished by the Company if all shares of Series E Preferred Stock are redeemed by the Company on or prior to October 31, 2020.

 

On October 26, 2020, in connection with the entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware the second Certificate of Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Certificate of Designation of the Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Base Series E Preferred Stock”) and Series E-1 Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series E-1 Preferred Stock,” and collectively with the Base Series E Preferred Stock, the “Series E Preferred Stock”.) Under the amended terms, holders of Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to monthly cash dividends on Series E Preferred Stock at a per annum rate of 12%. At the Company’s option, up to 50% of the cash dividend on the Base Series E Preferred Stock may be paid in kind by adding such 50% portion to the outstanding liquidation value of the Base Series E Preferred Stock (the “PIK Dividend Payment”), commencing on October 26, 2020 and ending on October 25, 2020. If the PIK Dividend Payment is elected, a holder of Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to additional fee to be paid in shares of our common stock an amount equal to $10,000 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50 then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. Dividends on the Series E-1 Preferred Stock may only be paid in cash. If the Company fails to make dividend payments on the Series E Preferred Stock, it will be an event of default under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Under the terms of the Amendment, shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock will be convertible into common stock at a conversion rate equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share commencing October 31, 2020. Each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock will be also convertible into shares of common stock after October 31, 2022. The conversion rate for the Base Series E Preferred Stock is equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share. Each share of Base Series E Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The amendment resulted in the original conversion price of $1.78 and $1.66 of the Series E and E-1 Preferred Stock, respectively, being reduced to $1.00 for both instruments.

 

The Company accounted for the Amendment as a modification to the Series E and E-1 Preferred Stock. The change in fair value as a result of the modification amounted to $410 and was recognized as a deemed dividend. Further, the Company recognized a beneficial conversion feature (BCF) of $4,280 as a result of the decrease in the conversion price to $1.00 in comparison to the Company’s stock price on the date of the amendment. The BCF was recognized as a deemed dividend. As the Company lacks retained earnings, the deemed dividend was recorded as a reduction in additional paid-in capital resulting in a net impact to additional paid-in capital of $0.

 

Lastly, under the terms of the Consent and the Series E Certificate of Designation, in consideration for Jackson’s consent to the firstPRO Transaction, the Initial Payment was used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock, and the Escrow Funds, subject to the forgiveness of PPP Loan, will be used to redeem a portion of the Series E Preferred Stock. As this provision results in a contingent redemption feature, approximately $2.1 million of the Series E Preferred Stock was reclassified to mezzanine equity during the year ended January 2, 2021.

 

F-22
 

 

Jackson Waivers

 

On February 5, 2021, we entered into a Limited Consent and Waiver with Jackson whereby, among other things, Jackson agreed that we may use 75% of the proceeds from the offering to redeem a portion of the 2020 Jackson Note, and 25% of the net proceeds from the offering to redeem a portion of the Base Series E Preferred Stock notwithstanding certain provisions of the certificate of designation for the Base Series E Preferred Stock that would have required the Company to use all the proceeds from the offering to redeem the Base Series E Preferred Stock. In addition, the Company also agreed in the Limited Consent and Waiver to additional limits on its ability to incur other indebtedness, including limits on advances under our revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding [X] Trust. The Company also agreed that to the extent that any of our PPP Loans are forgiven after the offering, Jackson may convert the Base Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock that remains outstanding into a secured note that is substantially similar to the 2020 Jackson Note. On April 8, 2021, the limited waiver was extended to June 17 ,2021.

 

HSBC Loan

 

On April 20, 2020, the terms of the loan with HSBC were amended such that no capital repayments would be required between April 2020 to September 2020, and only interest payments would be made during such time. Since such time, capital repayments have resumed. On May 15, 2020, the Company entered into a 3-year term loan with HSBC in the UK for £1,000.

 

NOTE 11 – LEASES

 

On December 30, 2018, the Company adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach allowed under ASU 2018-11 which releases companies from presenting comparative periods and related disclosures under ASC 842 and requires a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The Company has elected to apply the short-term lease exception to all leases of one year or less. In Fiscal 2020 and 2019, as a result of the adoption of ASC 842, we recorded a right of use (“ROU”) lease asset of approximately $3,432 with a corresponding lease liability of approximately $3,437 and ROU of approximately $4,888 with a corresponding lease liability of approximately $4,980, respectively, based on the present value of the minimum rental payments of such leases. The Company’s finance leases are immaterial both individually and in the aggregate.

 

F-23
 

 

Quantitative information regarding the Company’s leases for Fiscal 2020 is as follows:

 

Lease Cost Classification Fiscal 2020 
Operating lease cost SG&A Expenses  1,659 

Other information   
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)  3.91 
Weighted average discount rate  6.26%
     
Future Lease Payments    
2021 $1,313 
2022  735 
2023  447 
2024  338 
2025  326 
Thereafter  839 
  $3,998 
Less: Imputed Interest  561 
  $3,437 
     
Leases - Current $1,211 
Leases - Non current $2,226 

 

As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use the Company’s incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. This methodology was deemed to yield a measurement of the Right of Use Asset and associated lease liability that was appropriately stated in all material respects.

 

NOTE 12 – STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

The Company issued the following shares of common stock during the Fiscal 2020:

 

  Number of  Fair Value  Fair Value at Issuance 
  Common Shares  of Shares  (minimum and maximum 
Shares issued to/for: Issued  Issued  per share) 
Equity raise  7,479,261  $4,634  $0.60  $0.66 
Consultants  15,000   18   1.22   1.22 
Conversion of Series A  16,215   -   -   - 
Board and committee members  22,400   15   0.56   0.85 
Jackson Investment Group  500,000   324   0.36   0.92 
   8,032,876  $4,991         

 

The Company issued the following shares of common stock during the Fiscal 2019:

 

  Number of  Fair Value  Fair Value at Issuance 
  Common Shares  of Shares  (minimum and maximum 
Shares issued to/for: Issued  Issued  per share) 
Equity raise  3,331,280  $5,515  $1.40  $2.00 
Consultants  6,000   10   1.56   1.56 
Board and committee members  22,400   32   0.83   1.79 
Jackson Investment Group  100,000   75   0.75   0.75 
   3,459,680  $5,632         

 

The Company’s authorized common stock consists of 40,000,000 shares having a par value of $0.00001. As of the end of Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company has issued and outstanding 16,818,624 and 8,785,748 common shares, respectively.

 

F-24
 

 

In May 2017, the Company entered into an At-The-Market offering (“ATM”) agreement with Joseph Gunnar & Co., LLC to establish an at-the-market equity offering program pursuant to which they are able, with the Company’s authorization, to offer and sell up to $3 million of the Company’s common stock at prevailing market prices from time to time. In Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company sold 0 and 428,600 shares of common stock under this program for net proceeds value of $0 and $528 (gross $600), respectively.

 

On January 22, 2019 the Company issued and sold 387,500 shares of the Company’s common stock to an institutional purchaser at a purchase price of $2.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of approximately $775, before placement fees and estimated offering expenses. The offering of the Securities was made under the Company’s shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (Registration No. 333-208910) (the “Registration Statement”), including a base prospectus, previously filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 22, 2016. The offering of the Securities was made only by means of a prospectus supplement that forms a part of the registration statement.

 

On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. The gross proceeds from the offering were approximately $4,001 (net $3,078), excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses. Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the Company granted the underwriter an over-allotment option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days following the date of the prospectus for the offering, to purchase up to 363,750 additional shares of common stock.

 

On March 14, 2019, our underwriters exercised a portion of the over-allotment option for 90,180 shares at an exercise price of $1.65 per share. The Company received a total of $138 in net proceeds.

 

On December 23, 2020, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement with H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (“Wainwright”.) Pursuant to the agreement, the Company agreed to sell 4,188,405 shares of the Company’s common stock to Wainwright at an offering price to the public of $0.60 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, the Company granted Wainwright a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional 628,260 shares of common stock at the same offering price to the public, less underwriting discounts and commissions. On December 28, 2020, Wainwright exercised its option in full to purchase such additional 628,260 shares of common stock. As a result, the Company issued an aggregate of 4,816,665 shares of common stock under the Underwriting Agreement.

 

On December 30, 2020, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with certain institutional and accredited investors. Pursuant to the agreement, the Company agreed to sell, in a registered direct offering, 2,662,596 shares of common stock at an offering price of $0.66 per share.

 

February 2021 Public Offering

 

On February 9, 2021, we announced the pricing of a public offering of an aggregate of 21,855,280 shares of its common stock at a public offering price of $0.90 per share (the “Offering”.) The Offering was made pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 initially filed on January 13, 2021, as subsequently amended and declared effective on February 9, 2021. The Offering was made only by means of a prospectus forming a part of the effective registration statement.

 

The Offering closed on February 12, 2021. In the Offering, the Company issued 20,851,199 shares of common stock and pre-funded warrants to purchase up to 1,004,081 shares of common stock, at an exercise price of $0.0001 per share (the “Pre-funded Warrants”.) The Pre-funded Warrants were sold at $0.8999 per Pre-Funded Warrant. The Pre-funded Warrants were immediately exercisable and could be exercised at any time after their original issuance until such Pre-funded Warrants were exercised in full. The Pre-funded Warrants were exercised immediately upon issuance, and 1,004,081 shares of common stock were issued on February 12, 2021.

 

The net proceeds to the Company from the Offering were approximately $18.1 million, after deducting placement agent fees and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company. While the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, including the securities offered in the Offering, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock, subject to certain limitations. On February 5, 2021, the Company used approximately 75% of the net proceeds from the Offering to redeem a portion of the outstanding Jackson Note and 25% of the net proceeds from the Offering to redeem a portion of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the Limited Consent, upon closing of the Offering, the Company redeemed a portion of the 2020 Jackson Note and redeemed 4,518 shares of the Base Series E Preferred Stock. Following the redemption of the Base Series E Preferred Stock, the Company has 6,172 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock outstanding with an aggregate stated value of $6,172.

 

F-25
 

 

Restricted Shares

 

The Company has issued shares to employees and board and committee members under its 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Under these plans, the shares are restricted for a period of three years from issuance. As of Fiscal 2020, the Company has a total of 61,600 shares unvested issued to employees and Board and committee members. In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation from restricted stock based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight-line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of restricted shares by the Company’s stock price on the date of issuance. The impact of forfeitures has historically been immaterial to the financial statements. In Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company recorded compensation expense associated with these restricted shares of $252 and $539, respectively. The table below is a rollforward of unvested restricted shares issued to employees and board of directors.

 

  Restricted Shares  

Weighted

Average

Price Per Share

 
Balance at December 29, 2018  572,256  $3.47 
Granted  22,400   1.48 
Vested/adjustments  (4,216)  5.52 
Balance at December 28, 2019  590,440  $3.12 
Granted  38,615   0.76 
Vested/adjustments  (567,455)  3.16 
Balance at January 2, 2021  61,600  $1.25 

 

Series A Preferred Stock – Related Party

 

On May 29, 2015, the Company filed a Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock with the Nevada Secretary of State, whereby the Company designated 1,663,008 shares of preferred stock as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share. On June 15, 2017, the Company reincorporated in the State of Delaware. The Series A Preferred Stock has a stated value of $1.00 per share and is entitled to a 12% dividend.

 

Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of common stock at the holder’s election at any time prior to December 31, 2020 (the “Redemption Date”), at a conversion rate of one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for every 50 shares of Series A Preferred Stock that the Holder elects to convert. Originally the redemption date was December 31, 2018 and this was extended to December 31, 2020 in January 2019. Except as otherwise required by law, the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

 

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share or classes and series of securities of the Company which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the Stated Value of the Series A Preferred Stock less any dividends previously paid out on the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The holders will be entitled to receive cash dividends at the rate of 12% of the Stated Value per annum, payable monthly in cash, prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Company shall not declare, pay or set apart for payment any dividend on any shares of common stock, unless at the time of such dividend the Company shall have paid all accrued and unpaid dividends on the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

The Certificate of Designation filed on May 29, 2015, designating the Series A Preferred Stock, was filed in connection with the Company’s issuance of an aggregate of 1,663,008 shares of Series A Preferred Stock to Brendan Flood and Matthew Briand for the conversion of the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus (as defined in each employment agreement) associated with their employment agreements. The Certificate of Designation was approved and related issuances were ratified by the Company’s Board and compensation committee on May 29, 2015.

 

Up until the Redemption Date, holders may convert their shares into common stock at their election. On the Redemption Date, the Company shall redeem all of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock of each Holder, for cash or for shares of common stock in the Company’s sole discretion. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in shares of common stock, the holders shall initially receive one and three tenths (1.3) shares of common stock for each $50.00 of the Redemption Purchase Price. If the Redemption Purchase Price is paid in cash, the redemption price paid to each Holder shall be equal to the Stated Value for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, multiplied by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock held by such Holder, less the aggregate amount of dividends paid to such Holder through the Redemption Date.

 

F-26
 

 

On January 21, 2020, the Company converted the 623,628 Series A Preferred Shares awarded to Mr. Briand into 16,215 shares of common stock. As of Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, we had issued and outstanding 1,039,380 and 1,663,008 Series A Preferred Stock shares and $125 and $0 accrued dividends, respectively. In Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company paid dividends of $0 and $200, respectively. Subsequent to Fiscal 2020, on January 8, 2021, the remaining 1,039,380 Series A Preferred Shares were converted into 27,024 shares of our common stock.

 

Series E Preferred Stock

 

The Series E Preferred Stock ranks senior to common stock and any other series or classes of preferred stock now or after issued or outstanding with respect to dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock was initially convertible into 561.8 shares of our common stock at any time after October 31, 2020 or the occurrence of a Preferred Default. A holder of Series E Preferred Stock is not required to pay any additional consideration in exchange for conversion of such Series E Preferred Stock into our common stock. Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company at any time at a price per share equal to the stated value ($1,000 per share) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. While the Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding, the Company is required to use the proceeds of any sales of equity securities, exclusively to redeem any outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, except that the Company is permitted to use up to an aggregate of $3,000 of the gross proceeds from any equity offering completed on or before November 15, 2019 for working capital purposes. On January 22, 2019, the Company completed a registered direct offering of our common stock that generated $775 in gross proceeds that are to be used for working capital purposes. On February 12, 2019, the Company closed its previously announced firm commitment underwritten public offering in which, pursuant to an underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter, dated as of February 8, 2019, the Company issued and sold 2,425,000 shares of its common stock, at a public offering price of $1.65 per share. Notwithstanding the terms of the certificate of designations for Series E Preferred Stock, Jackson, the holder our outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, did not require us to use the proceeds from our recent offerings in excess of $3,000 to redeem outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred Stock. Instead, the Company used such excess proceeds to make a terminal payment to the sellers of firstPRO in final settlement of all deferred consideration due under our asset purchase agreement with such sellers.

 

In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to receive out of the Company assets legally available for distribution, prior to and in preference to distributions to the holders of common stock or classes and series of securities which by their terms do not rank senior to the Series E Preferred Stock, and either in preference to or pari passu with the holders of any other series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future that is expressly made senior or pari passu, as the case may be, an amount equal to the stated value of the Series E Preferred Stock plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.

 

On October 23, 2020, the Company filed the second amendment to the Certificate of Designation of the Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock. Under the amended terms, holders of Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to monthly cash dividends on the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock at a per annum rate of 12%. At the Company’s option, up to 50% of the cash dividend on the Base Series E Preferred Stock may be paid in kind by adding such 50% portion to the outstanding liquidation value of the Base Series E Preferred Stock, commencing on October 26, 2020 and ending on October 25, 2021. If the PIK Dividend Payment is elected, a holder of Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to additional fee to be paid in shares of the Company’s common stock an amount equal to $10 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50 then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. Dividends on the Series E-1 Preferred Stock may only be paid in cash. If the Company fails to make dividend payments on the Series E Preferred Stock, it will be an event of default under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Under the terms of the Amendment, shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock are convertible into the Company common stock at a conversion rate equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share commencing October 31, 2020. Each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. The Company’s shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock are also convertible into shares of our common stock after October 31, 2022. The conversion rate for our Base Series E Preferred Stock is equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share. Each share of Base Series E Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. On September 28, 2020, the Company redeemed 1,300 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock for $1,300, as such there is currently 11,700 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock outstanding.

 

As of January 2, 2021, 11,080,000 shares and 1,363,000 shares of common stock were issuable upon the potential conversion of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock, respectively. Due to the contingent nature of the cash redemption feature of the Series E-1 Preferred Stock, the Company classified the shares as mezzanine equity on the consolidated balance sheets.

 

As a result of the February 2021 public offering, whereby the Company issued 21,855,280 shares of its common stock, the Company no longer has sufficient authorized shares to settle the Series E and E-1 Preferred stock upon conversion. The Company will recognize the accounting impact of this transaction during the first quarter of fiscal 2021.

 

F-27
 

 

Warrants

 

On January 26, 2017, the Company issued the Warrant to Jackson which entitled Jackson to purchase up to 630,000 shares of common stock at an initial exercise price of $6.75 per share (subject to adjustment.) The Warrant is exercisable beginning on July 25, 2017 for a term of four and a half (4.5) years thereafter. The exercise price was subject to anti-dilution protection, including protection in circumstances where common stock is issued pursuant to the terms of certain existing convertible securities, provided that the exercise price shall not be adjusted below a price that is less than the consolidated closing bid price of the common stock. The Warrant had anti-dilution provisions which provided the holder with additional warrants and adjusted strike price in the event of stock repurchases by the Company or additional shares being issued in connection with the Series D Preferred Shares or Lighthouse promissory notes. As such, the Company has historically classified the Warrant as a liability.

 

On July 17, 2020, the Company issued warrants to purchase 90,000 shares to a consultant. The warrants have a 5-year term, an exercise price of $1.00 per share and are valued at $56.

 

In connection with the additional investment from Jackson, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant agreement”) with Jackson. The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share. The incremental fair value of repricing the Warrants to $3.50 per share is $135 and was recognized as deferred financing costs to be amortized over the term of the Jackson Note.

 

On October 26, 2020, in connection with the entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, the Company entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated April 25, 2018, as amended (the “Warrant”), with Jackson. Pursuant to Amendment No. 3, the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $1.66 per share to $1.00 per share and the term of the Warrant was extended to January 26, 2026. The modification of the warrants resulting in a fair value adjustment of $126 were recorded as debt discount which will be amortized over the term of the 2020 Jackson Note using the effective interest method.

 

On December 29, 2020, as partial compensation for Wainwright’s services as underwriter in the December 23, 2020 underwriting agreement, the Company issued to Wainwright’s designees warrants to purchase 361,250 shares of common stock. The warrants have a term of five (5) years from the commencement of sales under the offering, an exercise price of $0.75 per share and are valued at $248.

 

On December 31, 2020, as partial compensation for Wainwright’s services as placement agent in the December 30, 2020 securities purchase agreement, the Company issued to Wainwright’s designees warrants to purchase up to 199,695 shares of common stock. The warrants have a term of five (5) years from the commencement of sales under the offering, an exercise price of $0.82per share and are valued at $127.

 

Transactions involving the Company’s warrant issuances are summarized as follows:

 

     Weighted 
  Number of  Average 
  Shares  Exercise Price 
Outstanding at December 29, 2018  925,934  $1.76 
Issued      
Exercised      
Expired or cancelled      
Outstanding at December 28, 2019  925,934  $1.76 
Issued  650,945   0.81 
Exercised      
Expired or cancelled      
Outstanding at January 2, 2021  1,576,879  $0.99 

 

The following table summarizes warrants outstanding as of January 2, 2021:

 

   Number  Weighted Average
Remaining
 Weighted 
   Outstanding  Contractual Average 
Exercise Price  and Exercisable  Life (years) Exercise price 
 $0.75 - $62.50   1,576,879  4.03 $0.99 

 

F-28
 

 

Incentive Plans

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”.) Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the Company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its affiliates. A maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under this plan. The 2014 Plan expires on January 28, 2024. As of January 2, 2021, the Company had issued 50,000 options and shares of common stock pursuant to the 2015 Plan and therefore there are no remaining shares eligible to be issued under the 2014 Plan.

 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”.) This plan has not been approved by our stockholders. Under the 2015 Plan, we may grant a variety of equity instruments to employees, directors, senior management of the Company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its affiliates.

 

The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 90,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards under the 2015 Plan (“Awards”.) The number of shares available for grant pursuant to Awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares.” If an Award is forfeited, canceled, or if any Option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such Award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an Option or that are withheld to satisfy the Participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.

 

The Plan will have a term of ten years and no further Awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date. As of January 2, 2021, the Company had issued 90,000 in options and shares of common stock and had 0 unissued securities remaining under this plan.

 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. The 2016 Plan’s terms and conditions are similar to that of the 2015 Plan. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock will be reserved for issuance under stock, restricted stock and stock option awards. On May 30, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan to 1,250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. As of January 2, 2021, we had issued 1,234,276 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to the 2016 Plan, leaving 15,724 shares remaining under the 2016 Plan.

 

A summary of option activity during the Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 of the Company’s 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan is presented below:

 

  Options  

Weighted

Average

Exercise Price

 
Outstanding at December 29, 2018  111,400  $28.46 
Granted      
Exercised      
Expired or cancelled  (34,900)  29.99 
Outstanding at December 28, 2019  76,500  $27.76 
Granted      
Exercised      
Expired or cancelled      
Outstanding at January 2, 2021  76,500  $27.76 

 

During the Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company recorded total share-based payment expense of $27 and $49, respectively, in connection with all options outstanding.

 

The total compensation cost related to options not yet amortized is $31 at Fiscal 2020. The Company will recognize this charge over approximately 1.5 years.

 

F-29
 

 

2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

In May 2016, the Company’s Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”.) This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.

 

The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:

 

 The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the 2016 LTIP is 260,000 shares;
   
 The award of performance units is permitted;
   
 The term of the 2016 LTIP expired on December 31, 2018.

 

Board selected 260,000 shares to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.

 

The estimated fair value of the 2016 LTIP plan based on third party valuation was $136. As of Fiscal 2017, all units had been issued and all compensation expense amortized. For Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, the Company recorded $0 and $0 in compensation expense, respectively, associated with the 2016 LTIP. All the units under this plan expired on December 31, 2018.

 

2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

In January 2019, the Company’s Board approved the 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2019 LTIP”.)

The Board granted 365,000 units to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance for the period.

Units vest upon the following:

 

 50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and,
   
 50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table:

 

Average 2019 Price Vesting Rate
<$8 per share 0
>$8 per share Pro-rated
>=$12 per share Full Vesting

 

The company has recognized expense of $284 related to the 2019 LTIP in Fiscal 2020.

 

2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On June 30, 2020, the Board approved the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”) pursuant to which we may grant equity incentive awards to key employees, key contractors, and non-employee directors of the Company. The 2020 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, and other awards, which may be granted singly or in combination, and that may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and common stock. A total of 750,000 shares of common stock are reserved for grant under the 2020 Plan, plus any awards reserved under the Company’s prior equity incentive plans, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement. On September 29, 2020, our stockholders approved the 2020 Plan. As of January 2, 2021, we had issued 31,003 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to the 2020 Plan, therefore leaving 718,997 shares remaining under the 2020 Plan. The 2020 Plan will terminate on June 30, 2030.

 

F-30
 

 

NOTE 13 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Flood Employment Agreement

 

On January 3, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of Initio, we entered into a services agreement (the “Flood Employment Agreement”) with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood initially served as Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Flood was initially paid a salary of £192 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and our U.K. subsidiary. Under the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood’s salary is required to be adjusted (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment (as defined in the Flood Employment Agreement.) Mr. Flood is also entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood was entitled to a gross profit appreciation participation, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s “Excess Gross Profit,” which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into 1,039,380 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. On January 8, 2021, all of his Series A Preferred Stock were converted into 27,024 shares of our common stock.

 

The Flood Employment Agreement had an initial term of five years and automatically renews thereafter unless 12 months’ written notice is provided by either party. It also includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment, and in the event of a change in control, we may request that Mr. Flood continue employment with the new control entity. In December 2017, upon the reorganization of the Company and departure of Mr. Briand, Mr. Flood’s title was changed to Chairman and he assumed the roles of Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2019 and on January 1, 2020, Mr. Flood was eligible for a CPI salary adjustment and chose to waive this adjustment. All other terms of the Flood Employment Agreement remained unchanged.

 

The Barker Employment Agreement

 

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as our Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018 (the “Barker Employment Agreement”.) Ms. Barker also serves as a member of our Board and receives stock compensation for her service as a member of the Board.

 

Under the terms of the Barker Employment Agreement, Ms. Barker currently receives an annual base salary of $250 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 75% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. Ms. Barker’s base salary is required to be reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and may be increased, but not decreased, in its sole discretion. Ms. Barker is also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

 

In the event Ms. Barker is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in the Barker Employment Agreement), she is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims): (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date; (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to 12 months’ base salary; and (iii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Ms. Barker is terminated for cause or without good reason, she is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date.

 

The Barker Employment Agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

 

The Anwar Employment Agreement

 

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Khalid Anwar that appointed him as our Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance effective June 29, 2020 (the “Anwar Employment Agreement”.)

 

Under the terms of the Anwar Employment Agreement, Mr. Anwar currently receives an annual base salary of $200 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. The Anwar Employment Agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year terms after the initial employment term unless terminated by either party upon written notice provided not less than three months before the end of the initial term or renewal term. Mr. Anwar is also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

 

In the event Mr. Anwar is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in the Anwar Employment Agreement), he is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims) (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through his termination date and (ii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Mr. Anwar is terminated for cause or without good reason, he is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through his termination date.

 

Effective December 15, 2020, Mr. Anwar was appointed the Company’s principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.

 

The Anwar Employment Agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

 

F-31
 

 

The Viswakula Employment Agreement

 

The Company entered into an employment agreement with Sharnika Viswakula that appointed her as our Corporate Controller effective November 7, 2016 (the “Viswakula Employment Agreement”.)

 

Under the terms of the Viswakula Employment Agreement, Ms. Viswakula received an annual base salary of $170,000 and was entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 35% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. In addition, Ms. Viswakula received 25,000 restricted shares, vesting 50% on her 1st anniversary and 50% on her 2nd anniversary. Ms. Viswakula was also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company. On December 31, 2019, upon her appointment of Ms. Viswakula as our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, her salary was increased to $190,000. In addition, on April 20, 2020, her salary was increased to $200,000. On December 15, 2020 Ms. Viswakula, tendered her resignation from all positions with the Company. Upon her resignation, the Viswakula Employment Agreement was terminated.

 

Earn-out Liabilities

 

While the Company had recognized the liability for the contingent earn-out due the sellers of CBS Butler, in March 2019 the Company filed a warranty claim against the sellers asserting certain misrepresentations for an amount which offsets the contingent earn-out. In April 2019, the sellers of CBS Butler responded denying the Company’s warranty claim and asserting that the earn-out amount is due. On July 5, 2019, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the selling shareholders of CBS Butler for the full and final satisfaction of claims in exchange for a payment of approximately £2,150 by the Company to the CBS Butler shareholders. The payment was due no later than July 26, 2019. The Company did not make the payment on July 26, 2019, as such the parties agreed to adjust the amount payable to £2,500. The Company paid this in full on August 30, 2019 and recorded a gain of approximately £894 ($1,077) on final settlement. The Company used the proceeds from the term note entered into with Jackson on August 29, 2019 for $2,538, to satisfy this obligation.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of firstPRO Inc. by Staffing 360 Georgia LLC on September 15, 2017, the purchase price included deferred quarterly installments of $75 beginning on October 1, 2017, and $2,675 was payable annually in three equal installments beginning on September 15, 2018. The Company made $300 and $892 in quarterly installments and annual installment in Fiscal 2018. On March 1, 2019, the Company paid $1,125 in full satisfaction of the remaining liability, recognizing a gain of $847.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of Clement May on June 28, 2018, the purchase price includes an earnout payment of up to £500 to be paid on or around December 28, 2019; and deferred consideration of £350, the amount to be calculated and paid pursuant to the terms of the acquisition agreement, on or around June 28, 2019. The Company paid deferred consideration of £350 ($444) on June 26, 2019. The earnout payment of £500 ($656) was paid in December 2019.

 

Pursuant to the acquisition of KRI on August 27, 2018, the purchase price includes earnout consideration payable to the seller of $2,027 each on August 27, 2019 and August 27, 2020. The payment of the earnout consideration was contingent on KRI’s achievement of certain trailing gross profit amounts. On September 11, 2019, the Company entered into an amended agreement with the seller to delay the payment of the first year earnout of $2,027 until no later than February 27, 2020. For each full calendar month beyond August 27, 2019, that such payment is delayed, the Company is required pay the seller interest in the amount of $10 with the first such payment of interest due on September 30, 2019. In addition, the amended agreement was further amended to change the due date for the second year earnout payment of $2,027 from August 27, 2020 to February 27, 2020. The seller of KRI, Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker”) has filed a lawsuit against the Company asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against the Company due under a share purchase agreement and is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages. While the Company had recognized the liability for the earnout consideration of $4,054 due to Whitaker, within current liabilities as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, in February 2020, the Company filed an action against Whitaker for breach of contract which more than offsets the earnout consideration recognized. The Company paid interest of $40 during the period ended September 26, 2020. Refer to legal proceedings below for action filed against Whitaker, the former owner of KRI.

 

Lease Obligations

 

The Company is party to multiple lease agreements for office space. The agreements require monthly rental payments through September 2029. Total minimum obligations are approximately $1,313, $735, $447, $338, $326 and $839 for the twelve months ended fiscal 2021, 2022, 2023, 2024, 2025 and beyond, respectively. For Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, rent expense amounted to $1,659 and $1,732, respectively.

 

F-32
 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Whitaker v. Monroe Staffing Services, LLC & Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.

 

On December 5, 2019, former owner of Key Resources, Inc. (“KRI”), Pamela D. Whitaker (“Whitaker,” “Plaintiff”), filed a complaint in Guilford County, North Carolina (the “North Carolina Action”) asserting claims for breach of contract and declaratory judgment against Monroe Staffing Services LLC (“Monroe”) and the Company (the “Defendants” arising out of the alleged non-payment of certain earn-out payments and interest purportedly due under a Share Purchase Agreement pursuant to which Whitaker sold all issued and outstanding shares in her staffing agency, KRI to Monroe in August 2018. Whitaker is seeking $4,054 in alleged damages.

 

Defendants removed the action to the Middle District of North Carolina on January 7, 2020, and Plaintiff moved to remand on February 4, 2020. Briefing on the motion to remand concluded on February 24, 2020. Separately, Defendants moved to dismiss the action on January 14, 2020 based on Plaintiff’s failure to state a claim, improper venue, and lack of personal jurisdiction as to defendant Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. Alternatively, Defendants sought a transfer of the action to the Southern District of New York, based on the plain language of the Share Purchase Agreement’s forum selection clause. Briefing on Defendants’ motion to dismiss concluded on February 18, 2020. On February 28, 2020, Plaintiff moved for leave to file an amended complaint. Defendants filed their opposition to the motion for leave on March 19, 2020. Plaintiff has filed a reply.

 

On June 29, 2020, Magistrate Judge Webster issued a Report and Recommendation on the pending motions, recommending that Defendants’ motion to dismiss be granted with regard to Defendants’ request to transfer the matter to the Southern District of New York, and denied in all other regards without prejudice to Defendants raising those arguments again in the new forum. Magistrate Judge Webster also recommended that Plaintiff’s motion to remand be denied and motion to amend be left to the discretion of the Southern District of New York.

 

Plaintiff filed an objection to the Report and Recommendation on July 9, 2020. Defendants responded on July 23, 2020. On February 19, 2021, the Middle District of North Carolina issued a decision that reversed the Magistrate Judge’s Order, granting Plaintiff’s motion to remand and denying Defendants’ motion to dismiss as moot. Defendants filed a Notice of Appeal to the Fourth Circuit on February 25, 2021. On March 18, 2021 the Fourth Circuit selected the case for mandatory mediation. The mediation is scheduled to take place on April 6, 2021.

 

Separately, on February 26, 2020, the Company and Monroe filed an action against Whitaker in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (Case No. 1:20-cv-01716) (the “New York Action”.) The New York Action concerns claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement arising from various misrepresentations made by Whitaker to the Company and Monroe in advance of, and included in, the share purchase agreement. The Company and Monroe are seeking damages in an amount to be determined at trial but in no event less than $6 million. On April 28, 2020, Whitaker filed a motion to dismiss the New York Action on both procedural and substantive grounds. On June 11, 2020, Monroe and the Company filed their opposition to Whitaker’s motion to dismiss. On July 9, 2020 Whitaker filed reply papers in further support of the motion.

 

On October 13, 2020, the Court denied Whitaker’s motion to dismiss, in part, and granted the motion, in part. The Court rejected Whitaker’s procedural arguments, but granted the motion on substantive grounds. However, the Court ordered that Monroe and the Company may seek leave to amend the complaint by letter application by December 1, 2020. Monroe and the Company filed a letter of motion for leave to amend and a proposed Amended Complaint on December 1, 2020. On January 5, 2021, Whitaker filed an opposition to the letter motion. On January 25, 2021, Monroe and the Company filed a reply in further support of the letter motion. On March 9, 2021, the Court granted Monroe and the Company’s motion for leave to amend, in part, and denied the motion, in part. The Court rejected Monroe and the Company’s claim for fraudulent inducement, but granted the motion for leave to amend their breach of contract claim. Monroe and the Company filed their amended complaint on March 12, 2021. On April 9, 2021, Whitaker renewed her motion to dismiss on procedural grounds, requesting dismissal of the action or, in the alternative, a stay of the proceeding pending adjudication on the merits of the North Carolina Action. Monroe and the Company’s opposition to the motion to dismiss is due on April 23, 2021

 

Monroe and the Company intend to pursue their claims vigorously.

 

As of the date of this filing, we are not aware of any other material legal proceedings to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party or to which any of our property is subject, other than as disclosed above.

 

F-33
 

 

NOTE 14 – SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

In December 2017, the Company reorganized its operations into three reportable segments: Commercial – US; Professional – US and Professional - UK.

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Commercial Staffing - US $113,970  $127,330 
Professional Staffing - US  23,477   37,294 
Professional Staffing - UK  67,080   113,854 
Total Revenue $204,527  $278,478 
         
Commercial Staffing - US $17,845  $20,080 
Professional Staffing - US  7,546   14,081 
Professional Staffing - UK  9,422   14,148 
Total Gross Profit $34,813  $48,309 
         
Selling, general and administrative expenses $(37,526) $(44,327)
Impairment of goodwill  (2,969)    
Depreciation and amortization  (3,118)  (3,369)
Operating income - restructuring  20   10 
Interest expense  (6,697)  (7,628)
Amortization of debt discount and deferred financing costs  (596)  (857)
Re-measurement gain (loss) on intercompany note  584   (383)
Gain from sale of business  124   - 
Gain on settlement of deferred consideration  -   1,924 
Other income  84   326 
Loss Before Provision for Income Tax $(15,281) $(5,229)

 

For Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company generated revenue in the U.S. and the U.K. as follows:

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
United States $137,447  $164,624 
United Kingdom  67,080   113,854 
Total Revenue $204,527  $278,478 

 

For the period ended Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company has assets in the U.S. and the U.K. as follows:

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
United States $73,691  $74,671 
United Kingdom  13,233   14,170 
Total Assets $86,924  $88,841 

 

Total assets by segment is not presented as it is not reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker in his evaluation of how to allocate capital and resources.

 

For the period ended Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company has goodwill in the U.S. and the U.K. as follows:

 

  January 2, 2021  December 28, 2019 
United States $12,082  $16,630 
United Kingdom  14,963   14,419 
Total Goodwill $27,045  $31,049 

 

F-34
 

 

NOTE 15 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In addition to the Series A Preferred Shares and notes and warrants issued to Jackson, the following are other related party transactions:

 

Board and Committee Members

 

  Fiscal 2020 
  Cash Compensation  Shares Issued  Value of Shares Issued  Compensation Expense Recognized 
Dimitri Villard $75   5,600  $4  $12 
Jeff Grout  75   5,600   4   12 
Nick Florio  75   5,600   4   12 
Alicia Barker  -   5,600   4   6 
  $225   22,400  $16  $42 

 

  Fiscal 2019 
  Cash Compensation  Shares Issued  Value of Shares Issued  Compensation Expense Recognized 
Dimitri Villard $75   5,600  $12  $68 
Jeff Grout  75   5,600   12   70 
Nick Florio  75   5,600   12   69 
Alicia Barker  -   5,600   8   4 
  $225   22,400  $32  $94 

 

Appointment of Officers

 

On March 28, 2018, the Company appointed Alicia Barker to fill the Class II director vacancy created by the departure of Mr. Briand earlier in the year, such appointment was effective April 1, 2018. Ms. Barker joined the Company’s board of directors as an independent director and serves on the Board’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.

 

Effective July 1, 2018, the Company entered into an Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Ms. Barker will continue as a member of the Company’s board of directors, but effective with her appointment will no longer be a member of any Board committee, nor an independent member of the Board, bringing the number of independent directors to three of five Board members.

 

The Company appointed Khalid Anwar as the Company’s principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, effective as of December 15, 2020.

 

NOTE 16 – SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Cash paid for:        
Interest $8,596  $7,225 
Income taxes  278   324 
         
Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:        
Deferred purchase price of UK factoring facility $8,036  $13,856 
Shares issued in connection with Jackson term loan  324   75 
Increase in lease liabilities from obtaining right-of-use assets – ASC 842 adoption  450   5,965 
Warrants adjustments in connection with Jackson term loan  126    
Deemed dividend  4,690    

 

F-35
 

 

NOTE 17 – INCOME TAXES

 

The components of loss before provision for income taxes for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, are as follows:

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Domestic $(13,491) $(4,795)
Foreign  (2,251)  (434)
Loss before provision for income taxes $(15,742) $(5,229)

 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following:

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Current:        
Federal $  $ 
State  190   119 
Foreign     21 
Total current tax expense  190   140 
Deferred:        
Federal  (76)  49 
State  27   186 
Foreign  (241)  (710)
Total deferred tax expense  (290)  (475)
Total tax benefit $(100) $(335)

 

The difference between the income tax provision on income (loss) and the amount computed at the U.S. federal statutory rate is due to:

 

  

Fiscal 2020

  Fiscal 2019 
Benefit at Federal Statutory Rate $(3,306)  21.00% $(1,098)  21.00%
State taxes, net  (1,666)  10.59%  (1,741)  33.30%
Foreign operations  45   -0.29%  (13)  0.25%
Permanent differences  87   0.55%  349   -6.67%
True-up adjustments  (589)  3.74%  (325)  6.22%
Change in valuation allowance  5,139   -32.64%  2,399   -45.88%
Other  190   -1.21%  94   -1.80%
Total Tax Benefit for Income Taxes $(100)  0.64% $(335)  6.42%

 

The Company’s effective tax rate differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to mix of pre-tax income (loss) results by jurisdictions taxed at different rates than 21%, state taxes net of federal benefit, permanent differences, deferred tax balance adjustments that includes but is not limited to the UK tax rate change from 17% to 19%, and changes in valuation allowance in the U.S.

 

F-36
 

 

Deferred income taxes are provided for the tax effect of temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and (liabilities) are as follows:

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Deferred tax assets        
Net operating loss carryforward $7,276  $5,858 
Tax credit, deduction and capital loss carryforward  2,880   2,327 
Share-based compensation  749   847 
Debt issuance costs  1   333 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities  1,741   454 
Interest limitation and carryforward  6,194   3,639 
Operating lease liabilities  628   731 
Total deferred tax assets  19,469   14,189 
Less: valuation allowance  (17,087)  (11,948)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance  2,382   2,241 
         
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Deprecation  1,521   1,557 
Basis differences in acquired intangibles  1,430   1,433 
Operating lease - Right-of-use assets  621   731 
Total deferred tax liabilities  3,572   3,721 
Deferred tax liability $(1,190) $(1,480)

 

During Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, the Company has federal net operating losses (“NOLs”) of $16,915 and $14,371. Of the $16,915 in federal NOL carryforwards, $3,369 will begin to expire in 2032 and $2,288 can be carried forward indefinitely, subject to an 80% taxable income limitation in the year of utilization. As of November 15, 2018, the Company had a change in ownership under Section 382 which limits the amount of useable NOLs going forward. As such, the Company reduced the Federal NOL available by $7,220. The Company has not identified subsequent 382 Limitations as of January 2, 2021 or December 28, 2019. As of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, the Company has state operating losses of $62,174 and $47,581 that begin to expire in 2022, and foreign NOLs totaling $2,990 and $1,514 with an indefinite life. As of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019, the Company also has capital loss carryforward of $9,467 and $7,531, which, if unused, will begin to expire in 2023 and a general business credit carryforward of $76 and $248.

 

Effective for the year ended December 28, 2018, the Tax Act resulted in a new limitation on interest expense under IRC Section 163(j). New IRC Section 163(j) limits the Company’s annual deduction of interest expense to the sum of business interest income and 30 percent of the adjusted taxable income of the Company. As a result of the CARES Act the limitation has been increased to 50% for tax years 2019 and 2020. The limitation for the year ended January 2, 2021 resulted in disallowed interest of $20,917, which can be carried forward indefinitely.

 

The Company has not recorded deferred taxes or withholding taxes for any undistributed foreign earnings, nor have any taxes been provided for the outside basis difference inherent in these entities as the Company’s assertion is to indefinitely reinvest in foreign operations. It is not practicable to estimate any taxes to be provided on outside basis differences at this time. Based on the amount of foreign undistributed earnings through January 2, 2021, we believe any such tax liability would be insignificant to the financial statements.

 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income in those periods in which temporary differences become deductible and/or net operating loss carryforwards can be utilized. We consider the level of historical taxable income, scheduled reversal of temporary differences, tax planning strategies, and projected future taxable income in determining whether a valuation allowance is warranted.

 

During Fiscal 2020, the Company maintained a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $5,139 during Fiscal 2020 primarily attributable to the Section 163(j) interest limitation.

 

During 2020, we maintained our federal and state tax attributes for unrecognized tax benefits related primarily to the treatment of stock compensation and stock options. If recognized, $656 of the unrecognized tax benefits are likely to offset to a corresponding full valuation allowance provided for the reduction of federal NOLs, thereby there is no impact to the effective rate. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
Beginning balance $674  $670 
Additions for tax positions of prior years     4 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years  (18)   
Loss before provision for income taxes $656  $674 

 

It is reasonably possible that the amount of the unrecognized tax benefits with respect to our unrecognized tax positions will increase or decrease in the next 12 months. These changes may be the result of, among other things, method changes. However, quantification of an estimated range cannot be made at this time. The Company has accrued zero interest and penalties as of January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019.

 

The Company files its tax returns in the U.S., United Kingdom, Canada and certain state and local tax jurisdictions with various statutes of limitations. The Company has no tax years subject to audit by certain jurisdictions at this time. To the extent utilized in future years’ tax returns, NOLs carryforwards at January 2, 2021 and December 28, 2019 will remain subject to examination until the respective tax year is closed.

 

F-37
 

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As required by Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s “disclosure controls and procedures” and “internal control over financial reporting” as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted to the SEC under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, and that information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive and financial officer as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. During the preparation of our financial statements for the year ended January 2, 2021, we and our auditors identified a material weakness (as such term is defined below) in our internal control over financial reporting related to the lack of a sufficient complement of competent finance personnel to appropriately account for, review and disclose the completeness and accuracy of transactions entered into by the Company.

 

Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report (“Evaluation Date”), pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective, due to the material weakness in our control environment and financial reporting process discussed above.

 

Notwithstanding the existence of the material weakness, described below, management believes that the consolidated financial statements in this annual report on Form 10-K fairly present, in all material respects, the Company’s financial condition as of the Evaluation Date, and results of its operations and cash flows for the Evaluation Date, in conformity with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”.)

 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

 a)pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
   
 b)provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and
   
 c)provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Based on our evaluation under the framework described above, our management concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective in accordance with Item 308(a)(3) of Regulation S-K and we had material weakness in our control environment and financial reporting process consisting of the following as of the Evaluation Date.

 

We lack a sufficient complement of competent finance personnel to appropriately account for, review, and disclose the completeness and accuracy of transactions entered into by the Company.

 

A “material weakness” is defined under SEC rules as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of a company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by the company’s internal controls.

 

As part of our remediation plan, we plan to hire additional employees and external consultants who have the technical skillset to improve our financial reporting; implement new policies, procedures and controls; properly review transactions recorded and classified in the financial statements; and ensure proper accounting and related disclosures for complex accounting matters when necessary both in the United States and United Kingdom.

 

31
 

 

A system of controls, no matter how well designed and operated, cannot provide absolute assurance that the objectives of the system of controls are met, and no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within a company have been detected. Based on our evaluation under the framework described above, aside from the material weaknesses discussed above, our management concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective in accordance with Item 308(a)(3) of Regulation S-K.

 

Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

 

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to the rules of the SEC.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Other than the material weakness identifies above, there has been no change in our system of internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

 

None.

 

32
 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

Board Composition

 

Our board of directors (the “Board”) consists of five directors as follows:

 

Class I: Dimitri Villard and Nicholas Florio;

 

Class II: Jeff Grout and Alicia Barker; and

 

Non-Classified: Brendan Flood.

 

Under the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the Board is divided into Class I and Class II directors, and any directors not classified are non-classified directors. Each Class I director seat is up for election at the annual meeting of stockholders occurring in calendar year 2020 and every two years thereafter, each Class II director seat is up for election at the annual meeting of stockholders occurring in calendar year 2020 and every two years thereafter, and any non-classified directors are up for election at every annual meeting of stockholders and, in each case, until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified, unless sooner displaced. Our shareholders approved the appointment of our four directors at our annual shareholder meeting on June 11, 2019.

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The name, age and position of our executive officers and directors are set forth below.

 

Name and Address Age Positions
Brendan Flood 55 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and

Director

Khalid Anwar 57 Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
Alicia Barker 50 Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Director
Dimitri Villard 77 Director
Jeff Grout 67 Director
Nicholas Florio 56 Director

 

Brendan Flood, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Director. Mr. Flood has been the Chairman or Executive Chairman and a Director of the Company since January 7, 2014. He assumed the role of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) on December 19, 2017 and has been in the staffing industry for over 20 years. Mr. Flood joined the Company upon the sale to the Company of his business, Initio International Holdings Limited (“Initio”), on January 3, 2014, where he was the chairman and chief executive officer. He had previously acquired Initio as part of a management buy-out, which he led, in January 2010. Prior to Initio, Mr. Flood worked in several staffing companies including Hudson Global Resources Inc. (“Hudson Global Resources”), which he brought to the Nasdaq National Market on April 1, 2003, as a spin-off from Monsterworldwide Inc. (“Monsterworldwide”.) His experience while at Monsterworldwide included numerous M&A transactions, operational management in both London and New York, and various senior financial roles. Mr. Flood graduated from Dublin City University in Ireland with a Bachelor of Arts Degree in Accounting and Finance. Mr. Flood’s strong financial background and years of experience at major staffing firms like Monsterworldwide and Hudson Global Resources qualifies him to be the President and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors given the Company’s core business in the staffing industry.

 

Khalid Anwar, Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance. Mr. Anwar joined the Company in February 2020 as Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance. Since December 15, 2020, he has served as the Company’s principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Mr. Anwar has more than 20 years of experience in finance leadership roles in a variety of industries ranging in size from $20 billion to startups. From 2015 to 2019 he was the Executive, Financial Planning and Analysis, for Element Solutions Inc., a specialty chemicals company. From 2011 to 2015 he was the Chief Financial Officer of Pemco Holdings, an investor/operator of turnkey energy programs. He has an MBA from Booth School of Business at The University of Chicago and is a CPA.

 

Alicia Barker, Chief Operating Officer, Executive Vice President and Director. Alicia Barker has served as a Director of the Company since April 2018 and Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since July 2018. Ms. Barker brings over two decades of extensive human resources, communication and operational expertise to her role. From July 2016 to July 2018, she served as principal and owner of Act II Consulting, providing human resources consulting and professional coaching services to individuals and corporations. From May 2014 to May 2016, Ms. Barker served as senior vice president, Human Resources at Barker, a full-service advertising agency where she led talent procurement and executive development. She also previously served on the executive team as vice president, Human Resources at Hudson North America, a global talent solutions company, as vice president, Human Resources, at Grey Group, a global advertising and marketing agency, and before that, as Human Resources Director at Icon/Nicholson, which designs, develops, and produces prepackaged computer software. Over the past several years, Ms. Barker has held positions on not-for-profit boards in her local community. Ms. Barker was also solicited to be the Campaign Manager for the Mayoral Campaign in the town of Westfield, New Jersey during the 2018 election. Ms. Barker’s educational background includes a major in Communications, a SHRM-CP Certification in HR and a Professional Coaching Certification. Ms. Barker’s extensive human resources expertise qualifies her to be a director of the Company.

 

33
 

 

Dimitri Villard, Director. Dimitri Villard has been a Director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Villard was chairman and chief executive officer of Peer Media Technologies, Inc., a public company Internet technology business, from February 2009 to December 2012. Peer Media Technologies, Inc. changed its name from ARTISTdirect, Inc. in May 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Villard served as interim chief executive officer from March 6, 2008 and as a director from January 2005 until 2012. Mr. Villard has also served as president and a director of Pivotal BioSciences, Inc., a biotechnology company, from September 1998 to August 2018. In addition, since January 1982, he has served as president and director of Byzantine Productions, Inc. Previously, Mr. Villard was a director at the investment banking firm of SG Cowen and affiliated entities, a position he held from January 1997 to July 1999. From 2004 to 2008, Mr. Villard served as chairman of the board of directors of Dax Solutions, Inc., an entertainment industry digital asset management venture, and from July 2012 until September 2013, he was a member of the board of directors of The Grilled Cheese Truck Company, a public company. He is also a member of the executive committee of the Los Angeles chapter of the Tech Coast Angels, a private venture capital group. Mr. Villard received a Bachelor of Arts from Harvard University and a Master of Science degree from China International Medical University. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and also serves on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Villard’s experience as an officer and/or director of several public companies, as well as an investment banker, qualifies him to be a Director of the Company.

 

Jeff Grout, Director. Jeff Grout has been a Director of the Company since February 2014. He is a successful business speaker, consultant and coach. From 1980 to 2001, he served as U.K. managing director of Robert Half International, a leading international recruitment consultancy, and business manager to Sir Clive Woodward, head coach of the England Rugby Team. From 2001, Mr. Grout has been an independent business consultant specializing in leadership, people management, team building, peak performance, recruitment and retention issues. He has spoken at Henley Business School, Ashridge Management College, Cardiff Business School and the Danish Centre for Leadership, and his clients include Amazon, Deloitte, LinkedIn, British Airways, Barclays, Ernst & Young, Virgin, etc. He holds several corporate advisory and executive coaching appointments and is also a successful business author. Mr. Grout has written books on leadership, recruitment, career success, the psychology of peak performance and his police detective father’s first murder case. His eighth book entitled “What You Need to Know about Leadership” was published in May 2011. Mr. Grout holds a Bachelor of Science (Economics) Degree from the London School of Economics and Political Science. Mr. Grout brings valuable operational experience within the staffing industry having grown the U.K. business of Robert Half International from $1 million to $100 million in sales and from 12 to 365 employees. He also identified and integrated several acquisitions of staffing businesses in the U.K. and continental Europe. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Compensation and Human Resources Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and on the Audit Committee. Mr. Grout’s extensive staffing industry experience, including his role as former Managing Director of Robert Half International, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.

 

Nicholas Florio, Director. Nicholas Florio has been a Director of the Company since May 2014. Mr. Florio provides business consulting and financial advice to a variety of closely held private businesses. He is a retired audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP (“Citrin Cooperman”.) Mr. Florio has been with Citrin Cooperman for over 25 years. He currently serves as a consultant with Citrin Cooperman. With over 30 years of experience in the staffing and employment arena, Mr. Florio served as the practice leader of Citrin Cooperman’s employment and staffing area. Mr. Florio’s experience in this area included providing advice on corporate structuring; design of stock incentive and deferred compensation plans; merger and acquisition due diligence and consulting; among general business and tax advice. He was also a member of the board of directors of both the New York Staffing Association (“NYSA”) and New Jersey Staffing Association and was the president of the Industry Partner Group of NYSA for over 20 years. Prior to his retirement Mr. Florio was also a long-standing member of the Citrin Cooperman’s executive committee. A graduate of Pace University, Mr. Florio is a member of the New York State Society of Certified Public Accountants as well as the American Institute of CPAs. He is the Chairman of the Company’s Audit Committee and serves on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and on the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. Mr. Florio’s acute knowledge of financial and accounting matters, with an emphasis in the staffing industry through his role as audit and accounting partner for Citrin Cooperman, qualifies him to be a director of the Company.

 

34
 

 

Independence of Directors

 

In determining the independence of our directors, the Board applied the definition of “independent director” provided under the listing rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC. Under the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of our Board, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. After considering all relevant facts and circumstances, the Board has determined that each of Messrs. Villard, Florio and Grout are independent within the definition of independence under the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC rules. Our Board has determined that Mr. Flood and Ms. Barker are not independent directors. In making this determination, the Board considered, among other things, (i) relationships and transactions involving directors or their affiliates or immediate family members and (ii) other relationships and transactions involving directors or their affiliates or immediate family members that did not rise to the level of requiring such disclosure, of which there were none.

 

Meetings of the Board of Directors

 

The Board convened 14 times during Fiscal 2020. Each director attended 100% of the total number of meetings of the Board. Directors are encouraged, but are not required, to attend our annual meeting of stockholders. At the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders on September 29, 2020, all directors were in attendance either in person or via conference call.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our Board currently has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, each of which is described below. All standing committees operate under a charter that has been approved by the Board. Copies of the charters of the Audit Committee, Compensation and Human Resources Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee can be found on our Internet site www.staffing360solutions.com.

 

Audit Committee. On April 30, 2014, the Board designated an Audit Committee in accordance with section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act (the “Audit Committee”.) The Audit Committee is composed of Messrs. Nicholas Florio (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Jeff Grout. All members of our audit committee are independent as defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, and the Board has determined that Mr. Nicholas Florio is the qualified financial expert (see credentials listed above.) The Audit Committee formally met 12 times during Fiscal 2020. The purpose of the Audit Committee is to assist the Board in its oversight of: (1) the integrity of the Company’s financial reporting and systems of internal accounting control, (2) the independence, qualifications and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, and (3) the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

 

Our Audit Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

 

 Appoint, compensate, retain and oversee the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the auditor regarding financial reporting.) In this regard, the Audit Committee shall appoint and retain, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, compensate, evaluate and terminate, when appropriate, the independent auditor, which shall report directly to the Audit Committee.
   
 Pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services (including the fees and terms thereof) to be performed for the Company by its independent auditor and establish policies and procedures for the engagement of the independent auditor to provide auditing and permitted non-audit services.
   
 Review the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditor, including the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Also included in such review shall be significant issues and judgments regarding accounting and auditing principles and practices, and the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives on the Company’s financial statements. The Committee shall recommend to the board whether the financial statements should be included in the Form 10-K.
   
 Review and discuss with management and the independent auditor the Company’s quarterly financial statements prior to filing the Form 10-Q, including the results of the independent auditor’s review of them and the Company’s disclosures under Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
   
 Review and discuss with management the Company’s quarterly earnings announcements and other public announcements regarding the Company’s results of operations.
   
 Prepare any report required to be prepared by it for inclusion in the Company’s proxy statement under SEC rules and regulations.
   
 Review and approve all related party transactions.
   
 Review major changes to the Company’s accounting and auditing principles and practices as suggested by management or the independent auditor.

 

35
 

 

 Meet periodically with management to review the Company’s major financial and business risk exposures and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies.
   
 Oversee any internal audit functions of the Company.
   
 Obtain and review, at least annually, a report by the independent auditor describing the independent auditor’s internal quality-control procedures, and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years, respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the independent auditor, and any steps taken to deal with any such issues.
   
 Consider, at least annually, the independence of the independent auditor, and receive from and discuss with the independent auditor the auditor’s report regarding its independence, setting forth all relationships between the auditor and the Company. The Audit Committee shall actively engage in a dialogue with the auditor with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence of the auditor and for taking, or recommending that the full Board take, appropriate action to oversee the independence of the outside auditor.
   
 Meet with the independent auditor prior to the audit to review the scope and planning of the audit.
   
 Review with the independent auditor the results of the annual audit examination, and any issues the auditor may have encountered in the course of its audit work and management’s response. This review should include, among other things, any management letter, any restrictions on the scope of activities or access to required information.
   
 Discuss with management the Company’s earnings releases and corporate policies with respect to releases and financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies.
   
 Receive reports from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and management regarding, and review the adequacy and effectiveness of, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting and significant changes in such controls reported to the Audit Committee by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm or management.
   
 Receive reports from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and management regarding, and review the adequacy and effectiveness of, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures.
   
 Ensure the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law.
   
 Review candidates for the positions of chief financial officer and controller of the Company.
   
 Establish procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.
   
 Establish policies for hiring employees and former employees of the independent auditor.
   
 Advise the Board with respect to the Company’s policies and procedures regarding compliance with applicable laws and regulations and with the Company’s policies for Code of Ethical Conduct.
   
 Review with the Company’s counsel and independent registered public accounting firm (1) legal matters that may have a material impact on the financial statements, (2) any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls, (3) compliance policies, and (4) any material reports or inquires received from regulators, governmental agencies or employees that raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements and accounting or compliance policies.
   
 Review the Audit Committee Charter annually and recommend any changes for approval by the Board.
   
 Review the Audit Committee’s own performance annually.
   
 Consider such other matters in relation to the financial affairs of the Company, its accounts and the independent audit of the Company, as the Committee may, in its discretion, determine to be advisable.

 

36
 

 

Compensation and Human Resources Committee. On April 30, 2014, the Board designated a Compensation and Human Resources Committee (the “Compensation and Human Resources Committee”.) Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee is composed of Messrs. Jeff Grout (Chairman), Dimitri Villard and Nicholas Florio. Pursuant to its charter, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee shall be comprised of at least two (2) “independent” members of the Board who shall also satisfy such other criteria imposed on members of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee pursuant to the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. With regards to the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, the term “independent” refers to a member of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee who (i) meets the definition of “independence” under the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, (ii) is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and (iii) is an “outside director” under the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee formally met 7 times during Fiscal 2020.

 

Our Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

 

 Determine, in executive session at which none of: (i) the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “CEO”); (ii) the Executive Chairman of the Company, if a person is acting in the capacity of Executive Chairman (the “Executive Chairman”) or (iii) the Vice Chairman of the Company (the “Vice Chairman”) are present and voting, the compensation for, respectively, the CEO, Executive Chairman and Vice Chairman, in each case with reference to applicable employment or similar agreements and utilizing such customary factors that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or appropriate.
   
 Review and determine the compensation of the executive officers of the Company other than the CEO and the Executive Chairman with reference to applicable employment or similar agreements and based upon the recommendations of the CEO and Executive Chairman and such other customary factors that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or appropriate.
   
 Recommend awards and/or bonuses to be granted to executive officers of the Company under the Company’s equity plans and other compensation or benefit plans or policies as approved by the Board or the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.
   
 Approve the overall amount or percentage of plan and/or bonus awards to be granted to all Company employees and delegate to the Company’s executive management the right and power to specifically grant such awards to each Company employee within the aggregate limits and parameters set by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.
   
 Review and evaluate the performance of the other executive officers of the Company.
   
 Review and approve the design of other benefit plans pertaining to executives and employees of the Company.
   
 Approve such reports on compensation as are necessary for filing with the SEC and other government bodies.
   
 Review, recommend to the Board, and administer all plans that require “disinterested administration” under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
   
 Approve the amendment or modification of any compensation or benefit plan pertaining to executives or employees of the Company that does not require stockholder approval.
   
 Review and recommend to the Board the adoption of or changes to the compensation of the Company’s independent directors.
   
 Retain outside consultants and obtain assistance from members of management as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems appropriate in the exercise of its authority.
   
 Make reports and recommendations to the Board within the scope of its functions and advise the officers of the Company regarding various personnel matters.
   
 Approve all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for the Company’s executive officers and employees.

 

37
 

 

 Review the form, terms and provisions of employment and similar agreements with the Company’s executive officers and any amendments thereto.
   
 To the extent the same has been adopted, review, at least annually, the compensation philosophy of the Company.
   
 Review the Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s own performance annually.
   
 Review the Compensation and Human Resources Committee’s Charter annually and recommend any changes thereto to the Board.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board (the “Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee”) was formed on April 30, 2014. The committee is composed of Messrs. Dimitri Villard (Chairman), Nicholas Florio and Jeff Grout. The committee shall be comprised of at least two (2) “independent” members of the board of directors as defined by the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq. All current members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are independent within this definition.

 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is charged with the responsibility of reviewing our corporate governance policies and with proposing potential director nominees to the Board for consideration. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee formally met 4 times during Fiscal 2020. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will consider director nominees recommended by security holders. To recommend a nominee please write to the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee c/o Dimitri Villard, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701, New York, New York 10022.

 

Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee’s primary responsibilities and obligations are to:

 

Nomination Matters:

 

 Recommend to the Board candidates for election or reelection to the Board at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company or any other meeting of Company stockholders where the election of a class of directors is to be considered. Nominees for director shall be selected on the basis of experience, integrity, ability to make independent analytical inquiries, understanding of the Company’s business environment, willingness to devote adequate time to Board duties and such other specific criteria as may be established by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee from time to time. In establishing these criteria, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall make every effort to ensure that the Board and its Committees include at least the required number of independent directors, as that term is defined by applicable standards promulgated by Nasdaq and by the SEC.
   
 Recommend to the Board candidates for election by the Board to fill vacancies occurring on the Board.
   
 Consider stockholders’ nominees in accordance with applicable rules and regulations and develop procedures regarding the nomination process as required by the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq.
   
 Make recommendations to the Board concerning the selection criteria to be used by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee in seeking nominees for election to the Board.
   
 Aid in attracting qualified candidates to serve on the Board and interview and otherwise assist in the screening of such candidates.
   
 Evaluate and make recommendations to the Board concerning the structure, composition and functioning of the Board and all Board committees.

 

Corporate Governance Matters:

 

 Develop and recommend to the Board from time to time corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall, from time to time as it deems appropriate, review and reassess the adequacy of such guidelines and recommend and propose changes to the Board for approval.
   
 Review any issues relating to conflicts of interests and (in conjunction with the Audit Committee of the Board as necessary or appropriate) all related party transactions in accordance with SEC and Nasdaq requirements, and report the same to the Board.
   
 Review and recommend changes to Board meeting procedures.
   
 Monitor any requests made by the directors to engage outside advisors with respect to corporate governance issues, at the Company’s expense.
   
 Review and recommend retirement policies for Company directors as may be adopted from time to time.

 

38
 

 

 Review any outside directorships in other public companies held by senior company officials.
   
 Periodically receive and consider recommendations from the Company’s Executive Chairman regarding succession of the Executive Chairman and other senior officer levels.
   
 Make reports and recommendations to the Board within the scope of its functions.
   
 Review the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter from time to time and recommend any changes thereto to the Board.

 

Section 16 (a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Based solely upon a review of the Forms 3, 4 and 5 and amendments thereto furnished to the Company, we believe that all directors, officers and persons beneficially owning greater than 10% of the Company’s equity securities timely filed reports required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act during Fiscal 2020.

 

The number of Forms 3, 4 and 5 and the number of transactions that were not filed timely are as follows: None.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or any of our directors.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We adopted a code of ethics that applies to our executive officers, Directors and employees and our subsidiaries. Our code of ethics is posted to our web site at www.staffing360solutions.com. We will disclose any amendments to or any waivers from a provision of the code of ethics, if they occur, in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Compensation of Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our named executive officers for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019. Individuals we refer to as our “named executive officers” include our CEO and our most highly compensated executive officers whose salary and bonus for services rendered in all capacities exceeded $100,000 during the Fiscal 2020.

 

All amounts presented in Item 11 are in whole dollar amounts. All compensation amounts presented in British pounds have been translated using the foreign currency average exchange rates, unless otherwise indicated. All share numbers have been adjusted for the one-for-five reverse stock split effective January 3, 2018.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position 

Fiscal

Year

 

Salary

($)

  

Bonus

($)

  

Stock

Awards (1)

($)

  

All

Other

Compensation

(2)

($)

  

Total

($)

 
Brendan Flood Fiscal 2020  359,532         36,377   395,909 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Fiscal 2019  357,202   135,144      33,350   525,696 
Sharnika Viswakula (3) Fiscal 2020  191,689         5,907   197,596 
Former Senior Vice President, Secretary, Treasurer and Corporate Controller Fiscal 2019  175,000   46,298      13,503   234,801 
Khalid Anwar (4) Fiscal 2020  103,841            103,841 
Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance Fiscal 2019               
Alicia Barker Fiscal 2020  254,803      3,640   17,400   275,843 
Chief Operating Officer Fiscal 2019  251,471   92,883   8,246   19,171   371,771 

 

(1)Represents the amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Stock awards vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date, and the value of stock award is based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight-line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of restricted shares by the Company’s stock price on the date of issuance. The valuation assumptions used in calculating the value of stock awards is set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included herein.

 

39
 

 

(2)In Fiscal 2021, Mr. Flood, Ms. Viswakula and Mr. Anwar were issued 300,000, 2,500 and 2,500 shares, respectively at $1.23 per share. On January 7, 2020, September 25, 2020 and October 1, 2020, Ms. Barker was issued 1,400 shares at $0.85 per share, 2,800 shares at $0.56 per share and 1,400 shares at $0.63 per share, respectively. On January 7, 2019, April 4,2019, July 2, 2019 and November 18, 2019, Ms. Barker was issued 1,400 shares at $1.79 per share, 1,400 shares at $1.58 per share, 1,400 shares at $1.71 per share and 1,400 shares at $0.84 per share, respectively.
  
(3)Includes vacation pay, car allowance, 401(k) match, pensions and life insurance premiums.
  
(4)Ms. Viswakula’s employment with the Company ceased as of December 15, 2020.
  
(5)Mr. Anwar became our Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance on June 29, 2020. He has served as our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, effective as of December 15, 2020.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at January 2, 2021

 

 Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable  Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable  Equity incentive plan awards: Number of securities underlying unexercised unearned options (#)  Option Exercise Price ($)  Option Expiration Date 
Name Option awards 
Brendan Flood(1)  6,600(1)     6,600  $100.00    01/07/2024 
   3,000(2)     3,000   50.00    03/01/2025 
   9,600(3)     9,600   6.75    02/28/2027 

 

 (1)These options are fully vested, were issued pursuant to the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant.
   
 (2)These options are fully vested, were issued pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant.
   
 (3)These options are fully vested, were issued pursuant to the 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and are exercisable for a period of 10 years from the date of grant.

 

Employment Agreements

 

The Flood Employment Agreement

 

On January 3, 2014, in connection with our acquisition of Initio, we entered into a services agreement (the “Flood Employment Agreement”) with Brendan Flood. Pursuant to the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood initially served as Executive Chairman of the Board. Mr. Flood was initially paid a salary of £192,000 per annum, less statutory deductions, plus other benefits including reimbursement for reasonable expenses, paid vacation and insurance coverage for his roles with both the Company and our U.K. subsidiary. Under the Flood Employment Agreement, Mr. Flood’s salary is required to be adjusted (but not decreased) annually in connection with the CPI Adjustment (as defined in the Flood Employment Agreement.) Mr. Flood is also entitled to an annual bonus of up to 50% of his annual base salary based reaching certain financial milestones. Additionally, Mr. Flood was entitled to a gross profit appreciation participation, which entitled the participants to 10% of Initio’s “Excess Gross Profit,” which is defined as the increase in Initio gross profits in excess of 120% of the base year’s gross profit, up to $400,000. Mr. Flood’s participating level was 62.5%. On May 29, 2015, the Gross Profit Appreciation Bonus associated with this employment agreement was converted into 1,039,380 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. On January 8, 2021, all of his Series A Preferred Stock were converted into 27,024 shares of our common stock.

 

40
 

 

The Flood Employment Agreement had an initial term of five years and automatically renews thereafter unless 12 months’ written notice is provided by either party. It also includes customary non-compete/solicitation language for a period of 12 months after termination of employment, and in the event of a change in control, we may request that Mr. Flood continue employment with the new control entity. In December 2017, upon the reorganization of the Company and departure of Mr. Briand, Mr. Flood’s title was changed to Chairman and he assumed the roles of Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company. On January 1, 2018 the Company increased his salary by the CPI Adjustment. On January 1, 2019 and on January 1, 2020, Mr. Flood was eligible for a CPI salary adjustment and chose to waive this adjustment. All other terms of the Flood Employment Agreement remained unchanged.

 

The Barker Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Alicia Barker that appointed her as our Chief Operating Officer effective July 1, 2018 (the “Barker Employment Agreement”.) Ms. Barker also serves as a member of our Board and receives stock compensation for her service as a member of the Board.

 

Under the terms of the Barker Employment Agreement, Ms. Barker currently receives an annual base salary of $250,000 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 75% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. Ms. Barker’s base salary is required to be reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and may be increased, but not decreased, in its sole discretion. Ms. Barker is also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

 

In the event Ms. Barker is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in the Barker Employment Agreement), she is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims): (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date; (ii) severance pay in an amount equal to 12 months’ base salary; and (iii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Ms. Barker is terminated for cause or without good reason, she is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through her termination date.

 

The Barker Employment Agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

 

The Anwar Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Khalid Anwar that appointed him as our Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance effective June 29, 2020 (the “Anwar Employment Agreement”.)

 

Under the terms of the Anwar Employment Agreement, Mr. Anwar currently receives an annual base salary of $200,000 and is entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 50% of his base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. The Anwar Employment Agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year terms after the initial employment term unless terminated by either party upon written notice provided not less than three months before the end of the initial term or renewal term. Mr. Anwar is also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company.

 

In the event Mr. Anwar is terminated without cause or for good reason (as such terms are defined in the Anwar Employment Agreement), he is entitled to receive (subject to certain requirements, including signing a general release of claims) (i) any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through his termination date and (ii) any earned but unpaid performance bonus. In the event Mr. Anwar is terminated for cause or without good reason, he is only entitled to receive any earned but unpaid base salary and vacation time, as well as unreimbursed expenses, through his termination date.

 

The Anwar Employment Agreement also contains customary confidentiality, non-solicitation and non-disparagement clauses.

 

The Viswakula Employment Agreement

 

We entered into an employment agreement with Sharnika Viswakula that appointed her as our Corporate Controller effective November 7, 2016 (the “Viswakula Employment Agreement”.)

 

41
 

 

Under the terms of the Viswakula Employment Agreement, Ms. Viswakula received an annual base salary of $170,000 and was entitled to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 35% of her base salary based on the achievement of certain performance metrics. In addition, Ms. Viswakula received 25,000 restricted shares, vesting 50% on her 1st anniversary and 50% on her 2nd anniversary. Ms. Viswakula was also entitled to reimbursement of certain out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with her services to the Company and to participate in the benefit plans generally made available to other executives of the Company. On December 31, 2019, upon her appointment of Ms. Viswakula as our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, her salary was increased to $190,000. In addition, on April 20, 2020, her salary was increased to $200,000. On December 15, 2020 Ms. Viswakula, tendered her resignation from all positions with the Company. Upon her resignation, the Viswakula Employment Agreement was terminated.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

The following table provides compensation information for the year ended January 2, 2021 for each member of our Board during the fiscal year ended January 2, 2021:

 

  

Fees Earned

or Paid in

Cash ($)

  

Stock

Awards ($) (1)

  Total ($) 
Brendan Flood(2)         
Dimitri Villard(3)  75,000   3,640   78,640 
Jeff Grout(4)  75,000   3,640   78,640 
Nicholas Florio(5)  75,000   3,640   78,640 
Alicia Barker(6)     3,640   3,640

 

(1)We account for stock-based instruments issued to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718. Stock awards vest in full on the third anniversary of the grant date, and the value of stock award is based upon the fair value of the award at issuance over the vesting term on a straight-line basis. The fair value of the award is calculated by multiplying the number of restricted shares by our stock price on the date of issuance. The valuation assumptions used in calculating the value of stock awards is set forth in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included herein. We issued these shares under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan and 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan, whereby these shares vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant. A nonemployee who sits on the Board and is compensated by us solely for the individual’s role as a director will be treated as an employee under ASC 718.
  
 On January 7, 2020, September 25, 2020 and October 1, 2020, Mr. Villard, Mr. Grout, Mr. Florio and Ms. Barker were each issued 1,400 shares at $0.85 per share, 2,800 shares at $0.56 per share and 1,400 shares at $0.63 per share, respectively.
  
(2)Mr. Flood does not receive any compensation for his service as a director. For information concerning Mr. Flood’s compensation as our President and Chief Executive Officer, please see “Compensation of Executive Officers—Summary Compensation Table.” As of January 2, 2021, Mr. Flood had outstanding stock awards of 695,512 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 19,200 shares of common stock, none of which were received in return for his services as a Board or committee member.
  
(3)In May 2014, Mr. Villard was named the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and was named as a member of the Audit Committee and of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Villard receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. In addition, for his services as a Board and committee member, Mr. Villard receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2019, Mr. Villard received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $3,640 for his services as a Board and committee member. As of January 2, 2021, Mr. Villard had outstanding stock awards of 41,950 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock.
  
(4)In February 2014, Mr. Grout was named the Chairman of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and was also named as a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. In June 2015, Mr. Grout was also named as a member of the Audit Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Grout receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. In addition, for his services as a Board and committee member, Mr. Grout receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2020 Mr. Grout received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $3,640 for his service as a Board and committee member. As of January 2, 2021, Mr. Grout had outstanding stock awards of 42,534 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock.

 

42
 

 

(5)In May 2014, Mr. Florio was named the Chairman of the Audit Committee and was also named as a member of each of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. As a member of our Board, Mr. Florio receives an annual payment of $75,000, effective April 1, 2017, payable in monthly installments of $6,250. At the request of Mr. Florio, all cash payments, common stock issuances and stock option issuances have been made in the name of Citrin Cooperman & Company, LLP. In addition, for his services as a Board and committee member, Mr. Florio receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2020, Mr. Florio received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $3,640 for his services as a Board and committee member. As of January 2, 2021, Mr. Florio, in the name of Citrin Cooperman, had outstanding stock awards of 43,099 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock.
  
(6)As a non-independent director, Ms. Barker receives equity compensation but is not entitled to cash compensation for services as a director. For her services as a director, Ms. Barker receives 1,400 shares of restricted common stock per quarter. During Fiscal 2020, Ms. Barker received 5,600 restricted common shares valued at $3,640 for her services as a Board member. For information concerning Ms. Barker’s compensation as our Chief Operating Officer, please see “Executive and Director Compensation—Summary Compensation Table.” As of January 2, 2021, Ms. Barker had outstanding stock awards of 55,400 shares of common stock and outstanding options representing the right to purchase 0 shares of common stock.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of April 15, 2021 for: (i) each of our directors; (ii) each of our executive officers; (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and (iv) all persons, to our knowledge, are the beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of common stock. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities.

 

Except as indicated in footnotes to this table, we believe each person named in this table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of common stock set forth opposite such person’s name. Percentage ownership is based on 39,166,528 shares of common stock outstanding on April 15, 2021.

 

Name of Beneficial Owner Address Common Stock Beneficially Owned (1)  Percent of Common Stock 
Brendan Flood (2) 3 London Wall Buildings, London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY  714,712   1.8%
Khalid Anwar (3) 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701 New York, NY 10022  10,000   * 
Dimitri Villard (4) 8721 Santa Monica Blvd, Suite 100 Los Angeles, CA 90069  44,350   * 
Jeff Grout (5) 3 London Wall Buildings, London Wall, London, EC2M 5SY  44,934   * 
Nicholas Florio (6) Citrin Cooperman & Company LLP 529 Fifth Avenue New York, NY 10017  45,499   * 
Alicia Barker (7) 641 Lexington Avenue, Suite 2701 New York, NY 10022  76,800   * 
           
Directors and officers as a group    936,295   2.4%
           
Greater than 5% Holders:          
Jackson Investment Group, LLC (8) 2655 Northwinds Parkway Alpharetta, GA 30009  10,583,204   22.2%
Heights Capital Management, Inc. (9) 101 California Street, Suite 3250
San Francisco, California 94111
  2,250,000   5.7%

 

 (1)Shares of common stock beneficially owned and the respective percentages of beneficial ownership of common stock assume the exercise of all options and other securities convertible into common stock beneficially owned by such person or entity currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the Record Date, except as otherwise noted. Shares issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options and other securities convertible into common stock exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding and held by the holder of such options or other securities for computing the percentage of outstanding common stock beneficially owned by such person, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of outstanding common stock beneficially owned by any other person.

 

43
 

 

 (2)Includes 695,512 shares of common stock owned and 19,200 options that are currently exercisable or may be exercised by Mr. Flood within 60 days of February 24, 2021
   
 (3)Mr. Anwar owns 10,000 shares of common stock.
   
 (4)Includes 5,550 shares of common stock held personally by Mr. Villard and 37,800 shares held through Byzantine Productions, Inc., for which Mr. Villard is deemed the beneficial owner with sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by the entity, and Mr. Villard holds options to purchase 1,000 shares.
   
 (5)Mr. Grout owns 43,934 shares of common stock and holds options to purchase 1,000 shares of stock.
   
 (6)Includes 4,200 shares of common stock held personally by Mr. Florio and 40,299 shares of common stock and options to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock held in the name of Citrin Cooperman for which Mr. Florio is deemed the beneficial owner with sole voting and dispositive power over the securities held by the firm.
   
 (7)Ms. Barker owns 76,800 shares of common stock.
   
 (8)Includes 2,068,696 shares of common stock owned, 905,508 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants with an exercise price of $1.00, 6,172,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 6,172 shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock (convertible after October 31, 2022), and 1,437,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 1,437 shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock. Does not give effect to the Limited Waiver and Agreement executed by Jackson and the Company on February 5, 2021 and extended on April 8, 2021.
   
 (9)As reported in a Schedule 13G filed on February 19, 2021 by Heights Capital Management, Inc. giving information on share holdings as of that date. Heights Capital Management, Inc. is the investment manager to CVI Investments, Inc. and as such may exercise voting and dispositive power over these shares.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table provides information as of January 2, 2021 about the common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights under our equity compensation plans:

 

Plan Category 

Number of securities to be issued

upon exercising outstanding

options, warrants and rights

  Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights  Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders  43,400  $6.75   740,321 
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders(1)  33,100  $50.00   0 

 

(1) At January 2, 2021, the Company had two equity compensation plans (2014 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan) not approved by security holders, which are more fully described below.

 

44
 

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On January 28, 2014, our Board adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2014 Plan”.) Under the 2014 Plan, we may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the Company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2014 Plan is to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of our Company and its affiliates. A maximum of 50,000 shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan expires on January 28, 2024. As of January 2, 2021, the Company had issued 50,000 options and shares of common stock pursuant to the 2014 Plan and therefore there are no remaining shares eligible to be issued under the 2014 Plan.

 

The authority to administer the 2014 Plan currently resides with the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. They have the power to determine which persons eligible under the 2014 Plan will be granted option awards.

 

Transferability

 

Option awards are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution unless otherwise provided in the individual option agreement.

 

Change of Control Event

 

In the event of a change in control, then, without the consent or action required of any holder of an option award (in such holder’s capacity as such):

 

(i) Any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation or any parent or affiliate thereof, as determined by the Board in its discretion, will assume or continue any option awards outstanding under the plan in all or in part or shall substitute to similar stock awards in all or in part; or

 

(ii) In the event any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation does not assume or continue any option awards or substitute to similar stock awards, for those outstanding under the plan, then: (a) all unvested option awards will expire (b) vested options will terminate if not exercised at or prior to such change in control; or

 

(iii) Upon change in control, the Board may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the vesting, partially or in full, in the sole discretion of the Board and on a case-by-case basis of one or more option awards as the board of directors may determine to be appropriate prior to such events.

 

Notwithstanding the above, in case of change in control, in the event all or substantially all of the shares of common stock of the Company are to be exchanged for securities of another company, then each holder of an option award shall be obliged to sell or exchange, as the case may be, any shares such holder holds or purchased under the plan, in accordance with the instructions issued by the Board, whose determination shall be final.

 

Termination of Employment/Relationship

 

In the event of termination of the option holders employment with the Company or any of its affiliates, or if applicable, the termination of services given to the Company or any of its affiliates by consultants of the Company or any of its affiliates for cause (as defined in the plan), all outstanding option awards granted to such option holder (whether vested or not) will immediately expire and terminate on the date of such termination and the holder of option awards will not have any right in connection to such outstanding option awards, unless otherwise determined by the Board. The shares of common stock covered by such option awards will revert to the plan.

 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On September 23, 2015, our Board adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”.) Under the 2015 Plan, the Company may grant options to employees, directors, senior management of the Company and, under certain circumstances, consultants. The purpose of the 2015 Plan is to retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive option awards, to secure and retain the services of new members of this group and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its affiliates.

 

The 2015 Plan provides for an aggregate of 90,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The number of shares available for grant pursuant to awards under the 2015 Plan is referred to as the “Available Shares”. If an award is forfeited, canceled, or if any option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the common stock subject to such award will again be made available for future grant. However, shares that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or that are withheld to satisfy the participant’s tax withholding obligation will not be available for re-grant under the 2015 Plan.

 

45
 

 

The 2015 Plan has a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after that date. As of January 2, 2021, we had issued 90,000 in options and shares of common stock pursuant to the 2015 Plan and had 0 unissued securities remaining under this plan.

 

Awards Available for Grant

 

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) or any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may not grant to any one person in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 30,000 common shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $600 in the aggregate.

 

Transferability

 

Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative and may not be otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee, however, may permit awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.

 

Change in Control

 

Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the Plan will become fully vested and performance compensation awards will vest, as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals. In general, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may, in its discretion, cancel outstanding awards and pay the value of such awards to the participants in connection with a change in control. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee can also provide otherwise in an award under the 2015 Plan.

 

2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On October 25, 2016, our Board adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) to, among other things, attract and retain the best available personnel, to provide additional incentive to employees, directors and consultants and to promote the success of the Company’s business. On January 26, 2017, our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan, pursuant to which 500,000 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance under stock and stock option awards. On May 30, 2018, our stockholders approved an amendment to the 2016 Plan to increase the total number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan to 1,250,000 shares of our common stock. As of January 2, 2021, we had issued 1,234,276 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to the 2016 Plan, leaving 15,724 shares remaining under the 2016 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee administers the 2016 Plan. No stock options were granted in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019.

 

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee administers the 2016 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will have the authority, without limitation to (i) designate participants; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (iii) determine the number of common shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be settled or exercised in cash, common shares, other securities, other awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, common shares, other securities, other awards or other property and other amounts payable with respect to an award; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, settle any controversy regarding, correct any defect in and/or complete any omission in the 2016 Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or award granted under, the 2016 Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive any rules and regulations and appoint such agents as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the 2016 Plan; (ix) accelerate the vesting or exercisability of, payment for or lapse of restrictions on, awards; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Compensation and Human Resources Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2016 Plan The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will have full discretion to administer and interpret the 2016 Plan and to adopt such rules, regulations and procedures as it deems necessary or advisable and to determine, among other things, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised and whether and under what circumstances an award may be exercised.

 

46
 

 

Eligibility

 

Employees, directors, officers, advisors and consultants of the Company or its affiliates are eligible to participate in the 2016 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee has the sole and complete authority to determine who will be granted an award under the 2016 Plan, however, it may delegate such authority to one or more officers of the Company under the circumstances set forth in the 2016 Plan.

 

Number of Shares Authorized

 

The 2016 Plan provides for an aggregate of 1,250,000 shares of common stock to be available for awards. The 2016 Plan has a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan after that date.

 

Awards Available for Grant

 

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee may grant awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units, Stock Bonus Awards, Performance Compensation Awards (including cash bonus awards) (each defined under the 2016 Plan) or any combination of the foregoing subject to the number of available shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the 2016 Plan, the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may not grant to any one participant under the plan in any one calendar year awards (i) for more than 80,000 common shares in the aggregate or (ii) payable in cash in an amount exceeding $750,000 in the aggregate.

 

Options

 

Under the terms of the 2016 Plan, unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise in the case of an option substituted for another option in connection with a corporate transaction, the exercise price of the options will not be less than the fair market value (as determined under the 2016 Plan) of the shares of common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2016 Plan will be subject to such terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2016 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a 10% stockholder.)

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”) under the 2016 Plan. SARs will be subject to such terms and conditions as established by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares or any combination of cash and shares, the appreciation, if any, in the value of a share over a certain period of time. A SAR granted under the 2016 Plan may be granted in tandem with an option and SARs may also be awarded to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option shall be subject to terms similar to the option which corresponds to such SARs. SARs shall be subject to terms established by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and reflected in the award agreement.

 

Restricted Stock

 

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award restricted stock under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in an award agreement, restrictions on restricted stock will lapse after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will determine the terms of such restricted stock awards. Shares of restricted stock are shares of common stock that generally are non-transferable and subject to other restrictions determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee for a specified period. Unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the restricted period, then any unvested restricted stock will be forfeited.

 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards

 

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to award restricted stock unit awards under the 2016 Plan. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee and specified in an award agreement, restricted stock units vest after three years of service with the Company. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines the terms of such restricted stock units. Unless the Compensation and Human Resources Committee determines otherwise or specifies otherwise in an award agreement, if the participant terminates employment or services during the period of time over which all or a portion of the units are to be earned, then any unvested units will be forfeited. At the election of the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, the participant will receive a number of shares of common stock equal to the number of units earned or an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of shares at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned or at a later date selected by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

 

47
 

 

Stock Bonus Awards

 

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to grant awards of unrestricted shares of common stock or other awards denominated in shares of common stock, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the Compensation and Human Resources Committee may determine.

 

Performance Compensation Awards

 

The Compensation and Human Resources Committee is authorized to grant any award under the 2016 Plan in the form of a performance compensation awards. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee will select the performance criteria based on one or more of the following factors: (i) revenue; (ii) sales; (iii) profit (net profit, gross profit, operating profit, economic profit, profit margins or other corporate profit measures); (iv) earnings (EBIT, EBITDA, earnings per share, or other corporate earnings measures); (v) net income (before or after taxes, operating income or other income measures); (vi) cash (cash flow, cash generation or other cash measures); (vii) stock price or performance; (viii) total stockholder return (stock price appreciation plus reinvested dividends divided by beginning share price); (ix) economic value added; (x) return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, equity, investments or sales, and cash flow return on assets, capital, equity, or sales); (xi) market share; (xii) improvements in capital structure; (xiii) expenses (expense management, expense ratio, expense efficiency ratios or other expense measures); (xiv) business expansion or consolidation (acquisitions and divestitures); (xv) internal rate of return or increase in net present value; (xvi) working capital targets relating to inventory and/or accounts receivable; (xvii) inventory management; (xviii) service or product delivery or quality; (xix) customer satisfaction; (xx) employee retention; (xxi) safety standards; (xxii) productivity measures; (xxiii) cost reduction measures; and/or (xxiv) strategic plan development and implementation.

 

Transferability

 

Each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. No award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee, however, may permit awards (other than incentive stock options) to be transferred to family members, a trust for the benefit of such family members, a partnership or limited liability company whose partners or stockholders are the participant and his or her family members or anyone else approved by it.

 

Amendment

 

The 2016 Plan has a term of ten years from the effective date of the 2016 Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, shareholder approval to amend the 2016 Plan may be necessary if applicable law or listing rule so requires. No amendment, suspension or termination will impair the rights of any participant or recipient of any award without the consent of the participant or recipient.

 

Change in Control

 

Except to the extent otherwise provided in an award, in the event of a change in control, all outstanding options and equity awards (other than performance compensation awards) issued under the 2016 Plan will become fully vested or the period of restriction will expire and performance compensation awards vest, as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee, based on the level of attainment of the specified performance goals or assuming that that the applicable “target” levels of performance have been obtained or on such other basis as determined by the Compensation and Human Resources Committee.

 

2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

In May 2016, the Board approved the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 LTIP”.) This plan was approved by our stockholders on January 26, 2017.

 

The material features of the 2016 LTIP are:

 

 The maximum number of shares of common stock to be issued under the 2016 LTIP is 260,000 shares;

 

48
 

 

 The award of performance units is permitted;
   
 The term of the 2016 LTIP expired on December 31, 2018.

 

2019 Performance Unit Grants

 

In January 2019, the Board approved the 2019 Performance Unit Grants (the “2019 Performance Grants”.) The Board granted 310,000 units to adequately motivate the participants and drive performance as of January 2, 2021. Units vest upon the following:

 

 50% upon the employee being in good standing on December 31, 2020; and
   
 50% upon the average share price of the Company’s common stock during the 90-day period leading up to December 31, 2020, based upon the following Vesting Rate table:

 

Average 90-day Price Vesting Rate
<$8 per share 0
>$8 per share Pro-rated
>=$12 per share Full Vesting

 

A fair valuation of the 2019 Performance Grants has not been completed; however, it is not expected to be material.

 

2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

On June 30, 2020, the Board approved the 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2020 Plan”) pursuant to which we may grant equity incentive awards to key employees, key contractors, and non-employee directors of the Company. The 2020 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights, and other awards, which may be granted singly or in combination, and that may be paid in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and common stock. A total of 750,000 shares of common stock are reserved for grant under the 2020 Plan, plus any awards reserved under the Company’s prior equity incentive plans, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement. On September 29, 2020, our stockholders approved the 2020 Plan. As of January 2, 2021, we had issued 31,003 shares and options to purchase shares of common stock pursuant to the 2020 Plan, therefore leaving 718,997 shares remaining under the 2020 Plan. The Compensation and Human Resources Committee administers the 2020 Plan. The 2020 Plan will terminate on June 30, 2030.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

 

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons.

 

Pursuant to our Audit Committee charter, our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving all related party transactions, including those required to be disclosed as a “related party transaction” under applicable federal securities laws. The Audit Committee has not adopted any specific procedures for conducting reviews of potential conflicts of interest and considers each transaction in light of the specific facts and circumstances presented. However, to the extent a potential related party transaction is presented to the Audit Committee, the Company expects that the Audit Committee would become fully informed regarding the potential transaction and the interests of the related party, and would have the opportunity to deliberate outside of the presence of the related party. The Company expects that the Audit Committee would only approve a related party transaction that was in the best interests of, and fair to, the Company, and further would seek to ensure that any completed related party transaction was on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be obtained in a transaction with an unaffiliated third party.

 

49
 

 

Transactions with Related Persons.

 

On August 27, 2018, Company entered into a First Omnibus Amendment, Joinder and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, a significant stockholder of the Company, pursuant to which the Existing Note Purchase Agreement was amended to make a new senior debt investment of approximately $8,428 in the Company in exchange for a senior secured note in the principal amount of approximately $8,428 (the “2018 Jackson Note”.) Terms of the additional investment were the same as the 2017 Jackson Note. From the proceeds of this additional investment, the Company paid a closing fee of $280 and legal fees of $39 and issued 192,000 shares of the Company’s common stock to Jackson as a closing commitment fee.

 

In connection with the additional investment, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement (“Warrant Amendment”) with Jackson. The Warrant Amendment amended that certain Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement with Jackson, dated as of April 25, 2018 (the “Warrant Agreement” and such warrant issued thereunder, the “Warrant”), to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $5.00 per share to $3.50 per share.

 

During the Company’s fiscal year ending December 29, 2018, the Company paid $0 of principal and $5,055 in interest pursuant to such term loan. In November 2018, the remaining outstanding amount under the Term Loan was converted into preferred equity under the Debt Exchange Agreement (as defined below.)

 

On November 15, 2018, the Company, entered into a Debt Exchange Agreement (the “Debt Exchange Agreement”) with Jackson, pursuant to which, among other things, Jackson agreed to exchange $13,000 of indebtedness of the Company held by Jackson in exchange for 13,000 shares of a newly created class of preferred stock designated as the Series E Preferred Stock.

 

In connection with the Debt Exchange Agreement, Jackson and the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Warrant Agreement to reduce the exercise price of the Warrant from $3.50 per share to $1.66 per share and extend the period within which the Warrant may be exercised from January 26, 2022 to January 26, 2024.

 

On August 29, 2019, the Company entered into a Fourth Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement with Jackson, as lender, which, among other things, amended the 2018 Jackson Note. Pursuant to this agreement, the Company issued and sold to Jackson that certain 18% Senior Secured Note due December 31, 2019 in the aggregate principal amount of $2,538. All accrued and unpaid interest on the outstanding principal balance of the 2018 Jackson Note was due and payable monthly on the first day of each month, beginning on October 1, 2019. Pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Jackson Note, if it were not repaid by December 31, 2019, the Company would be required to issue 100,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson on a monthly basis until the 2019 Jackson Note is fully repaid, subject to certain exceptions to comply with Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC listing standards. The Company repaid the principal amount of the 2018 Jackson Note on May 20, 2020, and through that date had issued 500,000 shares of its common stock to Jackson.

 

On October 26, 2020, the Company entered into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement and the 2020 Jackson Note with Jackson, which amended and restated Existing Note Purchase Agreement. The Amended Note Purchase Agreement refinanced an aggregate of $35.7 million of debt provided by Jackson pursuant to the Existing Note Purchase Agreement and a Senior Secured 12% Promissory Note. In connection with the amendment and restatement, we paid Jackson an amendment fee of $488. As the date of this filing, $32,710 of principal is outstanding under the 2020 Jackson Note. The Company used the proceeds from the December 2020 Public Offering and the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering to pay $3,029 in principal on the 2020 Jackson Note.

 

In connection with the entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, we also amended the terms of Series E Preferred Stock. Under the amended terms, holders of Series E Preferred Stock are entitled to monthly cash dividends on our Series E Preferred Stock at an annual rate of 12%. At our option, up to 50% of the cash dividend on the Base Series E Preferred Stock may be paid in kind by adding such 50% portion to the outstanding liquidation value of the Base Series E Preferred Stock (the “PIK Dividend Payment”), commencing on October 26, 2020 and ending on October 25, 2022. If the PIK Dividend Payment is elected, a holder of Series E Preferred Stock is entitled to an additional fee to be paid in shares of our common stock in an amount equal to $10 divided by the average closing price, as reported by Nasdaq of such shares of common stock over the 5 trading days prior to the applicable monthly interest payment date. If such average market price is less than $0.50, or is otherwise undeterminable because such shares are no longer publicly traded or the closing price is no longer reported by Nasdaq, then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $0.50, and if such average closing price is greater than $3.50 then the average closing price for these purposes shall be deemed to be $3.50. Dividends on the Series E-1 Preferred Stock may only be paid in cash. If we fail to make dividend payments on our Series E Preferred Stock, it will be an event of default under the Amended Note Purchase Agreement.

 

Under the terms of the Amendment, shares of Series E-1 Preferred Stock are convertible into our common stock at a conversion rate equal to the liquidation value of each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share commencing October 31, 2020. Each share of Series E-1 Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share. Our shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock will be also convertible into shares of our common stock after October 31, 2022. The conversion rate for our Base Series E Preferred Stock is equal to the liquidation value of each shares of Base Series E Preferred Stock divided by $1.00 per share. Each share of Base Series E Preferred Stock has a liquidation value of $1,000 per share.

 

50
 

 

The Company used the proceeds from the December 2020 Public Offering and the December 2020 Registered Direct Offering to pay $1,010 to redeem a portion of the Base Series E Preferred Stock.

 

On October 26, 2020, in connection with the entry into the Amended Note Purchase Agreement, we entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Warrant Agreement (the “Amendment No. 3”), with Jackson. Pursuant to Amendment No. 3, the exercise price of the Warrant was reduced from $1.66 per share to $1.00 per share and the term of the Warrant was extended to January 26, 2026.

 

On February 5, 2021, we entered into a Limited Consent and Waiver with Jackson whereby, among other things, Jackson agreed that we may use 75% of the proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of the 2020 Jackson Note, which currently has an outstanding principal amount and accrued interest of $32,710, and 25% of the net proceeds from this offering to redeem a portion of our Base Series E Preferred Stock notwithstanding certain provisions of the certificate of designation for the Base Series E Preferred Stock that would have required us to use all the proceeds from this offering to redeem the Base Series E Preferred Stock. In addition, we also agreed in the Limited Consent and Waiver to additional limits on our ability to incur other indebtedness, including limits on advances under our revolving loan facility with MidCap Funding [X] Trust. We also agreed that to the extent that any of our PPP Loans are forgiven after this offering, Jackson may convert the Base Series E Preferred Stock and Series E-1 Preferred Stock that remains outstanding into a secured note that is substantially similar to the 2020 Jackson Note. On April 8, 2021, the limited waiver was extended to June 17 ,2021.

 

Jackson also entered into a Limited Waiver and Agreement with us on February 5, 2021, whereby Jackson agreed that it would not convert any shares of the Base Series E Preferred Stock or Series E-1 Preferred Stock into shares of our common stock or exercise any warrants to purchase shares to the extent that doing so would cause the number of our authorized shares of common stock to be less than the number of shares being offered in the public offering of 21,855,280 shares of common stock, which closed on February 12, 2021. Jackson also waived any event of default under the Series E Certificate of Designation and the 2020 Jackson Note that would result from the Company having an insufficient number of authorized shares of common stock to honor conversions of the Base Series E Preferred Stock and exercise of Jackson’s warrants. On April 8, 2021, the limited waiver was extended to June 17 ,2021.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

Through January 2, 2021 the Company’s principal independent registered accountant was BDO USA, LLP. The aggregate fees billed for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, for professional services rendered by the principal accountant are as follows:

 

  Fiscal 2020  Fiscal 2019 
  BDO USA, LLP  BDO USA, LLP 
Audit Fees $740  $810 
Audit Related Fees      
Tax Fees      
Total $740  $810 

 

Audit Fees were for professional services necessary to perform an annual audit of the financial statements, review of quarterly reports and other services required to be performed by our independent auditors.

 

Audit-Related Fees, if incurred, were for services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements including the support of business acquisition and divestiture activities and services related to financing transactions.

 

Tax Fees were for tax compliance, tax planning, and tax advice. Corporate tax services encompass a variety of permissible services, including technical tax advice related to United States and international tax matters; assistance with foreign income and withholding tax matters, assistance with sales tax, value added tax and equivalent tax related matters in local jurisdictions; preparation of reports to comply with local tax authority transfer pricing documentation requirements; and assistance with tax audits.

 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedure for Audit Services

 

The audit committee has developed policies and procedures regarding the approval of all services that are to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting firm, as permitted under applicable laws, and the corresponding fees for such services. Consistent with these policies and procedures, all audit services and non-audit services and all fees associated with such services performed by our independent registered public accounting firm in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 were pre-approved by audit committee.

 

51
 

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:

 

(1) Financial Statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, which are set forth in the index to Consolidated Financial Statements on pages F-1 through F-38 of this report.

 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-1
Consolidated Balance Sheets  F-2
Consolidated Statements of OperationsF-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive LossF-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders (Deficit) Equity  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash FlowsF-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsF-8 to F-37

 

(2) Financial Statement Schedule: None.

 

(3) Exhibits

 

Exhibit

No.

 Description
2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger, by and between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., a Nevada corporation (1)

2.2

 

 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC, firstPRO Inc., firstPRO Georgia LLC, April F. Nagel and Philip Nagel (2)
3.1 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (3)
3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws (4)
3.3 Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (5)
3.4 Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series A Preferred Stock (6)
3.5 Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series B Preferred Stock (7)
3.6 Certificate of Designations, Preferences and Rights of Series C Preferred Stock (8)
3.7 Amendment to Certificate of Designation After Issuance of Class or Series increasing the number of authorized Series C Preferred Stock (9)
3.8 Certificate of Designation of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (10)
3.9 Certificate of Correction to the Certificate of Designation of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (11)
3.10 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, dated February 7, 2019 (12)
3.11 Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Designation of Series E Preferred Stock, dated October 23, 2020 (90)
4.1 Subordinated Secured Note issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (13)
4.2 Warrant issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (14)
4.3 April Note, dated April 5, 2017, issued to Jackson Investment Group LLC (15)
4.4 10% Subordinated Secured Note, dated August 2, 2017, issued to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (16)

4.5

 Form of Warrant issued to H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC’s designees on December 29, 2020 (91)
4.6 Form of Warrant issued to H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC’s designees on December 31, 2020 (92)
4.7 Description of Securities (89)
10.1 Form of Deed of Restrictive Covenant by and between Brendan Flood and the Company (17)
10.2 Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among Linda Moraski, PeopleSERVE, Inc., PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. and the Company, dated May 17, 2014 (18)
10.3 2014 Equity Compensation Plan (19)
10.4 Credit and Security Agreement, dated April 8, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE, Inc. and Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, as borrowers, the Company, as a credit party, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (20)
10.5 Credit and Security Agreement, dated April 8, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc., as borrower, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (21)
10.6 Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2015, by and between Alison Fogel and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC (22)

 

52
 

 

Exhibit

No.

 Description
10.7 Amendment No. 2 to the Credit and Security Agreement, effective August 31, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE, Inc., Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Faro Recruitment America, Inc. and Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC as borrowers, the Company, as a credit party, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (23)
10.8 Amendment No. 1 to the Credit and Security Agreement, effective August 31, 2015, by and among PeopleSERVE PRS, Inc. as borrower, MidCap Financial Trust, as agent and lender, and certain other lenders as the case may be (24)
10.9 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (25)
10.10 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (26)
10.11 2016 Long Term Incentive Plan (27)
10.12 Warrant Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (28)
10.13 Security Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (29)
10.14 Pledge Agreement, dated January 25, 2017 by and the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (30)
10.15 Subordination Agreement, dated January 25, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and the U.S. Subsidiary Guarantors (31)
10.16 Amended Warrant Agreement, dated March 14, 2017, between the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (32)
10.17 Amended Purchase Agreement, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group LLC and certain subsidiaries of the Company (33)
10.18 Second Amendment, dated April 5, 2017, by and among the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (34)
10.19 Amended Subordination Agreement, dated April 5, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (35)
10.20 Second Amended Purchase Agreement, dated August 2, 2017, by and among the Company, Jackson Investment Group, LLC and certain subsidiaries of the Company (36)
10.21 Second Amended Subordination Agreement, dated August 2, 2017, by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, Jackson Investment Group, LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (37)
10.22 Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (38)
10.23 Intercreditor Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., MidCap Funding X Trust and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (39)
10.24 Share Purchase Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., Longbridge Recruitment 360 Limited and the holders of outstanding shares of CBS Butler Holdings Limited (40)
10.25 Amendment No.8 to the Credit and Security Agreement, dated September 15, 2017, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., certain subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and MidCap Funding X Trust (41)
10.26 Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between CBS Butler Limited and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (42)
10.27 Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between The JM Group (IT Recruitment) Limited and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (43)
10.28 Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated February 8, 2018, between Longbridge Recruitment 360 Ltd and HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited (44)
10.29 Agreement for Purchase of Debt, dated June 28, 2018, between HSBC Invoice Finance (UK) Limited, and Clement May Limited (45)
10.30 Term Loan letter agreement, dated June 26, 2018, between HSBC Bank plc, and Staffing 360 Solutions Limited (46)
10.31 Share Purchase Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Pamela D. Whitaker. (47)
10.32 Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, between the Company and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (48)
10.33 Amendment No.10 and Joinder Agreement to Credit and Security Agreement and Limited Consent, dated August 27, 2018, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and MidCap Funding X Trust (49)
10.34 First Omnibus Amendment, Joinder and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (50)
10.35 12% Senior Secured Note, due September 15, 2020, issued on August 27, 2018, to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (51)
10.36 First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated August 27, 2018, by and among Jackson Investment Group, LLC, the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, and MidCap Funding X Trust. (52)
10.37 Fifth Amended and Restated Revolving Loan Note, by and among certain subsidiaries of the Company and MidCap Funding X Trust (53)
10.38 Debt Exchange Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, by and between the Company and Jackson Investment Group LLC (54)
10.39 Second Omnibus Amendment, Joinder and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (55)
10.40 Amended and Restated 12% Senior Secured Note, due September 15, 2020, issued on November 15, 2018, to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (56)
10.41 Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated November 15, 2018, between the Company and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (57)
10.42 Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated January 22, 2019, by and between the Company and the Purchaser signatory thereto (58)
10.43 Placement Agency Agreement dated January 22, 2019, between the Company and ThinkEquity (59)
10.44 Employment Agreement with Alicia Barker dated June 19, 2018 (60)
10.45 Severance Agreement with Christopher Lutzo (61)
10.46 Waiver Agreement - Series A Preferred Stock (62)
10.47 First Amendment to 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (63)
10.48 Amendment No. 11 to the Credit Agreement dated February 7, 2019 by and among Midcap Funding X Trust, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (64)

 

53
 

 

Exhibit

No.

 Description
10.49 Third Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement dated February 7, 2019, by and among Jackson Investment Group LLC, the Company and certain subsidiaries of the Company (65)
10.50 Underwriting Agreement, dated February 8, 2019, between the Company and ThinkEquity (66)
10.51 Amendment Agreement, dated February 27, 2019, by and among Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC, firstPRO, Inc., firstPRO Georgia, LLC, April F. Nagel and Philip Nagel (67)
10.52 Securities Purchase Agreement, dated July 29, 2019, by and between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and the purchaser signatory thereto (68)
10.53 Placement Agency Agreement, dated July 29, 2019, by and between the Company and ThinkEquity (69)
10.54 Fourth Omnibus Amendment and Reaffirmation Agreement, dated August 29, 2019, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (70)
10.55 18% Senior Secured Note, due December 31, 2019, issued on August 29, 2019, to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (71)
10.56 Third Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated August 29, 2019, by and among the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, Jackson Investment Group, LLC and MidCap Funding X Trust (72)
10.57 Amendment Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2019, by and among Monroe Staffing Services, LLC, Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Pamela D. Whitaker (73)
10.58 General Release and Severance Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2019, by and between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and David Faiman (74)

10.59

 Note between Monroe Staffing Services, LLC and Newton Federal Bank, dated May 12, 2020 (75)
10.60 Note among Key Resources Inc., Lighthouse Placement Services, LLC, Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC and Newton Federal Bank, dated May 20, 2020 (76).
10.61 

2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (77)

10.62 Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (78).
10.63 Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (79).
10.64 Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (80)
10.65 Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 24, 2020, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc., Staffing 360 Georgia, LLC and FirstPro Recruitment, LLC (81).
10.66 Amendment No. 17, dated October 26, 2020, to Credit and Security Agreement with MidCap Funding IV Trusts (82)
10.67 Second Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated October 26, 2020, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Jackson Investment Group, LLC (83)
10.68 Amended and Restated Senior Secured 12% Promissory Note issued on October 26, 2020, to Jackson Investment Group, LLC (84)
10.69 Underwriting Agreement, dated December 23, 2020, between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (85).
10.70 Form of Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 30, 2020, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and certain institutional and accredited investors (86).
10.71 Engagement Letter, dated December 21, 2020, between Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and H.C. Wainwright & Co., LLC (87).
10.72 Employment Agreement, dated June 29, 2020, by and among Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc. and Khalid Anwar (88).
21.1* Subsidiaries of Staffing 360 Solutions, Inc.
23.1* Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
31.1* Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2* Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1# Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
   
101.INS XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Schema
101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase
101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase
101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase
101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase

 

*Filed herewith
  
#Furnished herewith. A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
  
(1)Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017.
(2)Previously filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.
(3)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017.
(4)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.4 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 15, 2017.
(5)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 3, 2018.
(6)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 4, 2015.
(7)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 31, 2015.
(8)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 7, 2016.
(9)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 22, 2016.
(10)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018.
(11)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 15, 2018.
(12)Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2019.
(13)Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.
(14)Previously filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.
(15)Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.
(16)Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017.

 

54
 

 

(17)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 7, 2014.
(18)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 20, 2014.
(19)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.35 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on September 15, 2014.
(20)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.
(21)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 9, 2015.
(22)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July 14, 2015.
(23)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015.
(24)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 4, 2015.
(25)Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form S-8, filed with the SEC on October 2, 2015.
(26)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix D to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016.)
(27)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 27, 2017 (through an incorporation by reference from Appendix E to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed on December 21, 2016.)
(28)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.
(29)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.
(30)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.
(31)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2017.
(32)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2017.
(33)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.
(34)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.
(35)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 6, 2017.
(36)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017
(37)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 8, 2017.
(38)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.
(39)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.
(40)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.
(41)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 19, 2017.
(42)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018.
(43)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018.
(44)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2018.
(45)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018
(46)Previously filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 5, 2018
(47)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 2, 2018
(48)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018
(49)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018
(50)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018
(51)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018
(52)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018
(53)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2018
(54)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.91 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018.
(55)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.92 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018.
(56)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.93 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018.
(57)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.94 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on November 16, 2018
(58)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2019.
(59)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on January 23, 2019.
(60)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.97 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.
(61)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.98 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.
(62)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.99 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.

 

55
 

 

(63)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.100 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 31, 2019.
(64)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.101 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2019.
(65)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.102 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 25, 2019.
(66)Previously filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 11, 2019.
(67)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 5, 2019.
(68)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 5, 2019.
(69)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 29, 2019.
(70)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019.
(71)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019.
(72)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on August 30, 2019.
(73)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 12, 2019.
(74)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 17, 2019.
(75)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 15, 2020.
(76)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 26, 2020.
(77)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 1, 2020.
(78)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 1, 2020.
(79)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on November 10, 2020.
(80)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 1, 2020.
(81)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 29, 2020.
(82)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 27, 2020.
(83)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 27, 2020.
(84)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 27, 2020.
(85)Previously filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 28, 2020.
(86)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020.
(87)Previously filed as Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 30, 2020.
(88)Previously filed as Exhibit 10.57 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the SEC on January 12, 2021.
(89)Previously filed as Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on May 11, 2020.
(90)

Previously filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 27, 2020.

(91)Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 28, 2020.
(92)Previously filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on December 31, 2020.

 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

Not applicable.

 

56
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 STAFFING 360 SOLUTIONS, INC.
   
Date: April 16, 2021By:/s/ Brendan Flood
  Brendan Flood
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)
   
Date: April 16, 2021By:/s/ Khalid Anwar
  

Khalid Anwar

Senior Vice President of Corporate Finance

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name Title Date
     
     
/s/ Brendan Flood Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director April 16, 2021
Brendan Flood    
     
/s/ Dimitri Villard Director April 16, 2021
Dimitri Villard    
     
/s/ Nicholas Florio Director April 16, 2021
Nicholas Florio    
     
/s/ Jeff Grout Director April 16, 2021
Jeff Grout    
     
/s/ Alicia Barker Director April 16, 2021
Alicia Barker    

 

57